tema 1 compact first second edition sample lesson
TRANSCRIPT
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 119
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 219
8 UNIT 1 LISTENING
Part 1
1 Look at the photos What are the people doing Howmuch time each day do you spend a) studying or workingb) travelling and c) relaxing
2 Look at question 1 in the exam task Answer thesequestions
1 How many speakers will you hear Are they female ormale What is the situation
2 Part 1 questions may focus for instance on opinion
purpose or place What is the focus of Where is he
3 Read the recording script for question 1 Which is the correctanswer (A B or C) Why Why are the other two wrong
Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with aboutthirty other media people but by the look of theplace there isnrsquot anybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure ifhersquoll be back later this afternoon ndash or whether hersquosspending the weekend away perhaps at a luxury
hotel in the city centre What does seem clearthough is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquosbig match ndash otherwise these TV crews would bewaiting at the gates of the clubrsquos training groundto film him not here
4 102 Work in pairs For each of questions 2ndash8 askand answer the questions in Exercise 2 Then listen and
do the exam task
Page 94
C
B
A
Exam task You will hear people talking in eight different situationsFor questions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio Where is he
A outside a training ground
B outside an expensive hotel
C outside somebodyrsquos house
2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every
day How does she feel about the daily train journey
A It is often quite tiring B It is a good opportunity to talk to people
C It is a relaxing way to begin the day
3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone Why is she calling A to apologise for a mistake
B to refuse to do something
C to deny she did something
4 You hear a man talking about reading books
Why does he enjoy reading at home A It helps him pass the time
B It enables him to spend time alone
C It makes a change from his job
5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort
Who is the woman A a waitress B a tourist
C a cafeacute owner
6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy
What is he doing to improve his fitness
A eating less food B going to the gym
C walking to work
7 You hear a woman talking about her home Where does she live
A in a city-centre flat B in a house in the suburbs C in a country cottage
8 You overhear two people talking about finding something
How does the woman feel
A grateful
B relieved C concerned
5 Have you chosen an answer for every question Even ifyoursquore not sure you could be right
Quick steps to Listening Part 1
Donrsquot choose an answer until yoursquove heard the whole extract
You can always change your mind about an answer while
yoursquore listening or when you listen again
LISTENING1Yourself and others
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 319
9GRAMMAR UNIT 1
Review of present tenses Page 103
1 Match extracts andashg from the recording inListening with rules 1ndash7
a Irsquom standing here in Church Avenueb I live a long way out in the suburbs
c Whenever I can I go into the study
d The traffic into town is getting worse all the
timee Somebody is always pushingf A south-facing room gets lots of sunshine
g This month Irsquom working particularly hard
We use the present simple to talk about1 a routine or habit2 a permanent situation3 something which is always true
We use the present continuous to talk about
4 something happening right now
5 a temporary situation
6 a situation that is changing or developing7 something irritating or surprising using
always
Note verbs which describe states eg think own have understand are normally used in
simple tenses but some can be continuouswhen they describe something we do eg Irsquom
thinking of buying a bike
See Grammar reference page 103 stative verbs
2 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates
1 I suppose that you are understanding my
situation
2 This evening people are playing music and
have fun3 I know that you are liking your job but in my
opinion you are working too hard4 I wait for your answer to my let ter
5 Nowadays Irsquom preferring to go to work by
bicycle6 In summer itrsquos nice to go on a boat and
having dinner on the lake
7 lsquoSara can you hear me I stand on your left
by the bridgersquo
3
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs inbrackets
1 Katiersquos in but she (write) an email to someone at the
moment2 Scientists believe that sea levels (rise) because of
global warming
3 My brother Oliver (quite often go) mountain biking on
Sundays
4 My neighbours (always shout) early in the morning
Itrsquos really annoying5 That notebook on the table (belong) to me
6 I (stay) with my friends this week while my family are
away
7 In every continent on Earth the sun (set) in the west8 Listen Ellie (have) an argument with her boyfriend
Present simple in time clauses Page 103
4 Look at these extracts from the recording in Listening Do allthe verbs refer to the future What tense do we use after timeexpressions like when
Irsquoll move back into my place when they finish repainting it on FridayNext time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them online instead
5 Choose the correct option
1 I get rsquoll get some more milk when I go rsquoll go shoppingtomorrow
2 I wait rsquoll wait here until you come rsquoll come back later on3 As soon as the film ends will end tonight I catch rsquoll catch the
bus home
4 I donrsquot wonrsquot move house before I start rsquoll start my new job next
month
5 By the time you arrive rsquoll arrive at 830 I am rsquoll be ready to go
out6 I talk rsquoll talk to my flatmates tonight once I get rsquoll get home
6 Complete the sentences about yourself Then tell your partner
1 Irsquoll have a meal as soon as hellip
2 Irsquoll spend less money the next time hellip3 Irsquom going to buy a house when hellip
4 I donrsquot think Irsquoll have children before hellip
5 I wonrsquot stop studying English until hellip
6 I think Irsquoll watch TV after hellip
GRAMMAR1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 419
10 UNIT 1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
Part 7
1 Look at photos 1ndash4 What do you think a typical day is l ike
for each person Think about
when they do things like having meals
where they go and how they travel
who they see what they do to relax
how they feel at various times of the day
2 Look at the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many people are there2 Is it one text in sections or is it several short texts
3 Whatrsquos the topic
4 What must you find (eg Which place hellip )
5 How many questions are there6 Can you use letters A B C and D several times each
3 Look quickly at the text and match parts AndashD with photos1ndash4 Which person starts working earliest Who finisheslatest
4 Look at this Part 7 example question and the underlinedwords in the text There are references to this in parts AB and D Why is B right Why are A and D wrong
ExampleWhich person never has breakfast B
5 Do the exam task Underline the words or sentences that tell
you the right answers
Exam task
You are going to read an article about four peoplersquos daily livesFor questions 1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
sometimes sleeps in the early afternoon 1
thinks they ought to do more frequent exercise 2
says they have their best ideas late in their
working day
3
has to hurry to catch the train to work 4
does not always get up at the same time every
day5
dislikes working later than they should do 6
believes exercise helps them prepare for the day
ahead
7
is now more relaxed at work 8
chooses not to follow local tradition 9
enjoys answering questions from customers 10
Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 7
Look at the instructions title and layout then readquickly through the questions
Remember that the information you need may not be inthe same order as the questions
Be careful with words that only seem to say the same asa particular question but in fact mean something quitedifferent
1 2 3
4
1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 519
11READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1
When you have finished make sure you have answeredall ten questions
Exam tip
Adjectives ending in -ed and -ing
6 Find these words in the text and complete the rules with-ed and -ing
exhausted fascinating (A) interesting challenging (B)
refreshed distracted (C) tired irritating (D)
1 We use adjectives with to describe how
somebody feels about something
2 We use adjectives with to describe the thing
or person which causes the feeling
7 Complete these sentences with -ing and -ed adjectives
formed from the verbs in brackets Then answer the
questions about yourself
1 At what time of day do you feel most (relax)2 Whatrsquos the most (amuse) film yoursquove ever
seen
3 When do you sometimes feel a little (worry)4 Whatrsquos the most (depress) news item yoursquove
heard recently
5 When do you feel most (motivate) to study6 Are you (terrify) of anything such as spiders
or heights
7 Whatrsquos the most (astonish) story yoursquove ever
heard
8 Whatrsquos the most (puzzle) thing about the
English language
8 Compare a typical day in your life with those of the fourpeople in the text What are the different times in your
day like and how do you feel Use words from Exercises 6and 7
B For Assistant Sales Manager Julia Anderson eachday begins at 630 am with a quick shower a fewminutes to get ready and then a dash to the station tocatch the 715 into Manhattan By eight orsquoclock shersquosat her workstation lsquoI need to be there then before thesalespeople start arriving I spend the rest of the morningin meetings and dealing with client queries whichfor me is one of the most interesting challenging andworthwhile aspects of the job Then itrsquos out for a quicklunch ndash my first meal of the day ndash and back to workat 1 pm followed by more of the same up to 5 pmThatrsquos how things are here you have to keep to a tightschedule At first I found working here pretty stressful butIrsquom used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother mersquo
C Website Designer Oliver McShane works at home andunsurprisingly is a late riser lsquorolling out of bedrsquo as he
puts it lsquoat 9 amrsquo Switching on his laptop his first task isto answer any early-morning emails and then he carrieson from where he left off the previous evening lsquoIf I havea creative peakrsquo he says lsquothatrsquos when it is and it takesme a while to get going again the next day WheneverIrsquove stayed up working very late I make up for it byhaving a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then whenI wake up I feel refreshed and ready for another longworking session Occasionally I pack my laptop and sitin a cafeacute for a while although I can get distracted fromwork if I run into someone I knowrsquo
D Anita Ramos is a Tourist Guide who works morningsand evenings lsquoItrsquos just too hot to walk around the cityin the afternoonrsquo she says lsquoso I spend it at homeItrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but Ihavenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired thenbecause I donrsquot get up particularly early When I do Iusually skip breakfast though sometimes I have cerealor something Then itrsquos off to the office before headingdowntown to wherever Irsquom meeting the first group I takefour or five groups out before lunch and Irsquom supposed tofinish around 2 pm though there always seems to besomeone in the last group who asks lots of questionswhich can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaidovertime It also means I risk missing the 215 train homersquo
livesDifferent A University student Jake Harris is in his first year
lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen Irsquom outof bed by 745 If therersquos time I have some tea andtoast then set off I used to aim for the 825 train butI kept missing it so nowadays I do the uphill walk intotown which wakes me up and enables me to plan whatIrsquom going to do in the morning and afternoon From ninetill one itrsquos lessons and a group activity with a quickbreak at eleven to grab something to keep me going tilllunch The afternoon is similar to the morning really Afterthat I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as Ishould Once I get home I work for a few hours and laterndash if Irsquom not feeling too exhausted ndash I go out with friends
Irsquove met some fascinating people herersquo
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 619
12 UNIT 1 SPEAKING
Part 11 In Part 1 the examiner may ask you questions like these
What are they about Which verb tense would you mainlyuse to reply
1 Where are you from
2 What do you like about living there
3 Tell me a little about your family4 Which time of the year is your favourite Why
5 What do you enjoy doing when you are on holiday
6 What do you use the Internet for
2 In pairs read this example conversation from Part 1
What is wrong with Nicorsquos and Lenarsquos replies (1ndash6)Correct two mistakes Then study the Quick steps for waysof improving the other four replies
Examiner Is your routine at weekends different fromyour daily routine in the week
Nico (1) Yes
Examiner In what ways
Nico (2) I am staying in bed later of course I go
out with friends after lunchExaminer And what about your routine at weekends
Lena Is it different from your daily routine
Lena (3) Not really I have to get up at about the
same time
Examiner WhyLena (4) Well I have a job in a shop and Irsquom going
to work early Itrsquos a long way from my house
And I arrive home late every day
Examiner Now tell me Nico How often do you read
newspapers or magazines
Nico (5) RepeatExaminer How often do you read newspapersNico (6) Not often I donrsquot like them much
3 Lena says I arrive home late every day Look at theseexpressions and answer the questions
every hour or so from time to time most weekends
five times a week hardly ever now and then
1 Where do frequency expressions like every day go in
the sentence
2 Which one means lsquoalmost neverrsquo
3 Which two mean lsquooccasionallyrsquo
Page 97
Use as wide a range of grammar and vocabulary as you can
Exam tip
4 Work with a different partner Ask and answer theexaminerrsquos questions in Exercises 1 and 2
5 How well did you answer the Part 1 questions How goodwere your partnerrsquos answers Tell each other what youthink
Character adjectives
6 Find out what kind of person your partner is by asking
them questions 1ndash12 Give examples using expressionslike now and then and nearly always in your replies
What are you like 1 Do you think about what other people need or want
2 Do you usually expect good things to happen
3 Do you behave in a way that is silly and not adult
4 Do you like telling other people what to do
5 Are you good at dealing with problems
6 Do you get annoyed if things happen too slowly
7 Do you want to be very successful in life
8 Are you easily upset and do you know when others
are upset 9 Do you find it easy to make up your mind quickly
10 Do you do things that nobody expects
11 Are you sensible and fair with other people
12 Do you find it difficult to plan things well
7 Match the adjectives with questions 1ndash12 Do you thinkthey describe your character correctly Then use some ofthese adjectives to say what you think each person in thepictures might be like
ambitious bossy childish decisive disorganised
impatient optimistic practical reasonable sensitive
thoughtful unpredictable
Quick steps to Speaking Part 1
Be friendly to the examiners and to the other candidate
Donrsquot just reply yes no or I donrsquot know Give reasons
(because hellip so hellip) or examples (such as hellip like hellip) You can politely ask the examiner to repeat a question
Ask Pardon Could you say that again please Sorry
1 SPEAKING
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 719
13READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1
Forming adjectives1 Underline these prefixes and suffixes in the
words in Speaking Exercise 7 One word hasboth a prefix and a suffix
-able -al dis- -ful -ic im- -ish
-itive -ive -ous un- -y
2 Form character adjectives from these wordswith the prefixes and suffixes in Exercise 1Be careful with spelling changes
adventure aggression anxiety artistcaution cheek compete emotion
energy enthusiasm fool greed help
honest pessimist polite popular rely
respect sympathy
Part 3
3 Correct the mistakes in thesesentences written by exam candidates
1 You were a charmful host as always
2 Joey can be quite rude and unpolite3 I think that going to work or to school by
bike is very healthful4 We really enjoyed the festival in spite of
the disorganising programme
5 Irsquom helpful and sociality so Irsquod like a job
working with people
6 Sometimes shopping can be a stressing
experience
4 Complete the sentences with the correctform of the words in brackets In each caseadd a prefix andor a suffix
1 Amelia thinks shersquoll win and her family arequite (optimism) too
2 Question 9 in the quiz was quite
(challenge) but I got it right3 The team has lost every game so their
fans are feeling (depress)
4 The staff disliked the boss and they were
(sympathy) when he lost
his job
5 It was a hot day but Chloe felt
(refresh) after having a coolshower
6 People seem (enthusiasm)
about the TV show Few are watching it
5
Look at the exam task Answer these questions1 How many gaps are there in the text
2 What do you have to put in each of them
3 Does this task mainly test grammar or vocabulary
6 Quickly read the text ignoring the gaps for now What is the purposeof the text What is each paragraph about
7 Look at the example (0) Answer the questions Then do the exam task
1 What kind of word probably goes between the and thing
2 Does it describe how someone feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
4 If this suffix begins with a vowel how does fascinate change
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals at theend of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same lineThere is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 FASCINATING
Same family different people
The three children grew up in the same home but for friends of
the family the (0) thing is that now as young adults
they all have very different (1)
Grace 23 always has to be busy Ever since she was a young girl
she has been highly (2) to succeed and now that
she is working in a business environment she makes no secret of
how (3) she is her aim is to be Managing Director
before she is 30
Whereas Grace can sometimes appear rather (4)
even cold her 21-year-old sister Evie can be quite(5) to what others say particularly if their
comments are unfair But she is always kind to her friends and
(6) whenever anyone wants to talk about their
problems
Daniel just 19 is the (7) one Hersquos mad about
sports like rock climbing snowboarding and motorcycling
He takes too many risks and he gives his family some
(8) moments but somehow he always manages to
get home safely
FASCINATE
PERSONAL
MOTIVATE
AMBITION
EMOTION
SENSE
SYMPATHY
ADVENTURE
ANXIETY
Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 3
Read the text quickly to find out its purpose and main points
Look at each word in capitals then the words next to the gap Do youneed a noun an adjec tive or another part of speech
Does the word in capitals need more than one change
1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 819
14 UNIT 1 WRITING
Part 2 informal letter1 Look at the exam task and answer these
questions
1 Who has written to you
2 What does this person want you to do
3 What style is the extract from the letter
written in Find examples of the following a contrac ted forms eg Irsquom
b short common words eg got
c simple linking words eg because
d informal punctuation eg dash (ndash)
e friendly expressions eg tell me
Exam task
This is part of an email from an English friendAlex
Write your email to Alex in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
P age 90 2
Read the model letter and answer these questions1 Is Lydiarsquos letter the right length2 Has she made any language mistakes3 How does she open and close her message
4 What does she talk about in her introduction and conclusion
5 Does she answer all of Alexrsquos questions In which main paragraphs
6 What examples of informal language can you find
7 What character adjectives does she use8 Which phrases of hers might be particularly useful when you write
other letters
3 Think about these questions and note down some ideas for your ownletter to Alex
1 What does friendship mean to you
2 How often do you see your friends3 Who are you going to write about4 How long have you known each other
5 Which character adjectives best descr ibe your friend
4 Make a plan for your letter Put your best ideas from Exercise 3 underthese headings 1 Friends in general 2 Best friend who 3 Best friend why Then add some details such as the personrsquos age or job You couldput the points under each heading into main paragraphs 1 2 and 3
5 Write your letter When you have finished check it for the following
correct length
all the content asked for in the instructions
good organisation into paragraphs
correct grammar spelling and punctuation suitable style of language
Dear Alex
Many thanks for your message It was great to hear from youThe first thing I want to say is that I completely agree with you about friends I see some of
mine almost every day and I really miss them when theyrsquore away
My closest friend is Nicole whorsquos also a student is the same age as me and lives just
down the road Wersquove been best mates for many years and we tell each other everything
but I think wersquove got quite dif ferent personalities
For instance I can be a bit indecisive at times but shersquos very practical and gets everything
done quickly Shersquos not bossy though In fact shersquos really thoughtful Whenever I get upset
shersquos always sympathetic and then she finds a way to cheer me up ndash shersquos got a wonderful
sense of humour
I hope one day you can get to know her and that I have the chance to meet your friends
too Please tell me more about them in your next letter Write soon
Best wishesLydia
Irsquom lucky because Irsquove got really good friends ndash especially
those Irsquove known since I was a kid I donrsquot know what Irsquod
do without them So tell me how important are friends to
you Whorsquos your best friend and what do you like about
him or her
Looking forward to hearing from you soon
Quick steps to writing a Part 2 informalletter
Look at the task including any text anddecide who you are writing to why andwhich points to include
Note down ideas and decide how manymain paragraphs you will need Then putyour ideas under paragraph headings
Begin Dear (friendrsquos first name) and thankthem for their last message
Keep to your plan and use informallanguage throughout
Close in a friendly way asking them to writeback End Lots of love Best wishes etc
Make sure you leave enough time at the end to check your letter formistakes
Exam tip
WRITING1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 919
See the CD-ROM for more practice
1
Complete the sentences with the presentsimple or present continuous form of theverbs in brackets
1 This summer I (stay) at the
seaside and I (work) in a
local shop in the mornings
2 My friends (usually eat) at
home but this evening they
(have) dinner in a restaurant
3 Hi I (wait) to get onto the
plane but there (seem) to be
a delay
4 The climate (change) all
the time and the temperatures here
(get) higher every year
5 Natalie (be) quite annoying
She (always complain) about
something
6 My grandparents (own)
a house in the village though they
(not live) there any more
7 This far north it (get)dark very early at this time of year so
I (think) of spending the
winter in Australia
2 Add a prefix or suffix to these words andcomplete the sentences
artist caution energy greed honest
pessimism polite
1 Martin always eats too much food Hersquos
really
2 Itrsquos to take things from a
shop without paying for them
3 The quality of these drawings and
paintings shows how
Alexia is
4 If someone helps you itrsquosnot to say lsquothank yoursquo
5 Paola is usually quite but
she doesnrsquot feel like doing sports today
6 Jerry likes to take risks but his brother
Anton is a much more boy
7 Irsquom sorry to be so but I just
know wersquore going to lose this game
3
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets1 Terry is quite (predict) You never know what hersquos going
to do next
2 I thanked my friends for being so (sympathy) when Ihad to go into hospital
3 Itrsquos (reason) to expect people to do all your work for
you
4 Going up that mountain is quite (challenge) even for
an expert climber
5 It was (thought) of you to remember my motherrsquos
birthday
6 To succeed in business you have to be (decision) and
not keep changing your mind
4 Read the text below Use the word given in capitals at the end of someof the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line
In the morning I normally take the underground At
that time of day itrsquos crowded you have to stand and itrsquos
certainly not a (1) way to travel But the
service is quick frequent and (2) which
makes it by far the most (3) way to get
across the city in the rush hour
Occasionally though I travel into town in a friendrsquos car
to go shopping and quite honestly I often 1047297nd it an
absolutely (4) experience Every time we
get onto the ring road Irsquom (5) by the waypeople behave when they drive a car Some are extremely
(6) driving straight at you to make you
get out of their way while others are (7)
trying to have races with other drivers all the time They
just seem (8) to me
What I 1047297nd most (9) about this is the
fact that by the time they actually get to their of1047297ces
theyrsquore probably too (10) to do a proper
dayrsquos work
RELAX
RELY
PRACTICE
TERRIFY
ASTONISH
AGGRESSION
COMPETE
CHILD
PUZZLE
EXHAUST
REVISION UNIT 1 15
REVISION1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019
8 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present
simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y
READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading
studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas
planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script
SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples
ListeningPart 1
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo
discussion time Then ask students for their overall
1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance
between workstudy and relaxation
Optional activity
Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that
students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the
following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already
know them
1 How many extracts will you hear
2 Is there any connection between the extracts
3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence
about each speaker and situation
4 Do you both read and hear each question
Answers
1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no
2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in
Exercise 3 Check the answers
Answers
1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street
2 the focus is place
3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in
Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within
the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this
task type there are always two distractors for each question
Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A
and B are wrong then elicit the answers
Answers
C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the
people who live there are not at home and by the look of the
place indicates that the reporter is outside the house
B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury
hotel in the city centre so he is not there
A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about
someone else (the TV crews )
4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory
sentence and question of each item not the options If they
1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on
the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and
suggest that students ask themselves these questions every
time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to
work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone
as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording
through without pausing
Answers
2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus
feelingsattitude
3 one female making a phone call focus purpose
4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason
5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus
person
6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos
doing
7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home
8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something
focus feelings
Recording script
You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio
Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem
clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here
2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day
The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work
Yourself and others
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119
Unit 1 Yourself and others 9
3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone
Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days
4 You hear a man talking about reading books
Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids
5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort
Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside
Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff
Man Really Is it that bad
Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do
Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening
everywhere round here
6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy
I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy
7 You hear a woman talking about her home
Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move
back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other
And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too
8 You overhear two people talking about finding something
Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now
Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day
Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it
Man No Where was it
Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours
Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that
Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it
Exam task answers
2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B
5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect
answers as this may not be the case in other exams they
have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go
through the answers
GrammarReview of present tenses
1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty
of time to match the extracts then check the answers If
yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that
3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit
or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs
Answers
1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e
2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If
there is time you may want to ask the class why they think
each mistake has been made
Answers
1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting
5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing
3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1
If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is
a stative verb
Answers
1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)
2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)
3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)
4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)
5 belongs (stative verb)
6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)
8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)
Present simple in time clauses
4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these
clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts
we are using the present simple with future meaning as in
1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some
more examples with a variety of time expressions such as
before after or until
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219
10 Unit 1 Yourself and others
5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer
any questions about this Then give students about 20
minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in
exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in
the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and
elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time
also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to
missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)
Exam task answers
1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B
Underlining
A
(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen
(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and
enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning
and afternoon
(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I
should
B
(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715
(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the
most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of
the job
(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom
used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me
C
(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he
says lsquothatrsquos when it is
(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I
wake up
D
(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I
havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime
Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
6 Give students time to study the context of each word and
work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of
the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging
refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le
Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing
adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further
examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring
Answers
1 -ed 2 -ing
7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word
Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this
unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal
e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done
individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the
questions using the words given Check answers to the
sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some
answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each
adjective
Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2
level by English Pro1047297le
Answers
yes present simple
5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go
through the answers
Answers
1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start
5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get
6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to
write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit
some answers for each question
Suggested answers
1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money
4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework
Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time
for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos
The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text
but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra
reason for reading later on
2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions
the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text
layout Then check the answers
Answers
1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives
4 which person does or thinks particular things
5 ten 6 yes
3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the
answers to the two questions Then check the answers
Answers
1 B Assistant Sales Manager
2 A University student
3 C Website Designer
4 D Tour Guide
earliest B latest C
4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words
or sentences in the text which appear to give the right
answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises
awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers
once students have had enough time to study the three
highlighted parts
Answers
B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot
have eaten breakfast
A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he
never has breakfast
D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she
sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319
Unit 1 Yourself and others 11
Answers
1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated
6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling
8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as
many -ing -ed adjectives as they can
SpeakingPart 1
Optional activity
Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You
could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd
the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot
already know them
1 How many examiners are there
2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there
4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1
Answers
1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be
three 4 no
1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions
about future plans and ambitions and that these will be
practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that
candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while
the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose
from
Answers
1 your town
2 what you like about your town
3 your family
4 your favourite season and why
5 what you like doing on holiday
6 what you use the Internet for
(all questions are about you)
You would use the present simple to reply although in some
cases you may also need to use the present continuous for
example to say a relative is studying abroad
2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this
activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both
incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on
this then elicit the answers
Suggested answers
1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what
ways but he could have done this without being prompted
2 The verb form should be I stay
3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after
the examiner asks why without being prompted
4 The verb form should be I go
5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please
6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could
say something like because therersquos too much in them about
politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to
3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency
adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go
before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question
then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer
the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes
Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading
and Use of English and other parts of the exam
Answers
1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)
2 hardly ever
3 from time to time now and then
4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot
know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker
Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary
5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments
about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own
performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any
particular dif1047297culties
Character adjectives
6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo
or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their
personality Give students a couple of minutes each to
answer
7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English
Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have
any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right
answers They then compare their impressions of each other
using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful
not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always
bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they
do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit
answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use
modals such as could might and may to speculate about the
character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers
and point out that the language used in this activity is useful
practice for Writing later in this unit
Answers
1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical
6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive
10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised
Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives
1 Get students to note down the words and then underline
them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make
sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to
elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out
that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419
12 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Answers
reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised
thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive
ambitious unpredictable bossy
2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we
drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage
the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling
Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg
unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers
possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more
adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also
their opposites
Answers
(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky
competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish
greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic
Optional activity
Encourage discussion about whether some of these
adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics
pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious
the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class
making sure that all the words are understood
Suggested answers
lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite
reliable sympathetic
lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful
unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish
greedy dishonest impolite unpopular
lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive
emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or
negative in certain circumstances
Part 3
3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit
though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit
answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask
what students think the most common mistakes are by
speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)
Answers
1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable
6 stressful
4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and
suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the
base words although they will have to be careful which
form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may
be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level
version of Word Formation although of course in the exam
it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives
requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers
once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling
Answers
1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic
5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic
5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals
are laid out Then go through the answers
Answers
1 eight
2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the
same line
3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)
6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and
advise students to do this every time they do a Word
Formation task Explain that some answers may require
an understanding of more than one sentence or the
text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any
comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text
but not the detail
Answers
The purpose of the text is to show how different people from
the same family can be
paragraph 1 to introduce the topic
paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters
paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter
paragraph 4 to describe the son
7 Explain that students should look at the example and its
context every time they begin a Word Formation task as
this will give them an introduction to the text and also
remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class
Answers
1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)
3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e
Point out that students have already seen some form or
other of all the target words in this exam task You may
also want to give some clues or further tips before they
begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms
Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their
own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to
make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters
Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay
particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8
Exam task answers
1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional
5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519
Unit 1 Yourself and others 13
WritingPart 2 informal letter
1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit
the answers
Answers
1 an English friend Alex
2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your
best friend is what you like about him or her
3 informal
a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and
d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you
2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and
answer the questions Elicit the answers
Answers
1 yes
2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes
4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and
comments on this
Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write
back soon and give her more information
5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph
who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a
description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main
paragraph
6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road
mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted
forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly
expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon
7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic
8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always
cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc
3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to
the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best
done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo
answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work
and make suggestions where necessary especially for
question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers
4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief
notes
5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their
answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they
have already studied the task and planned their work Tell
students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of
each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to
these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2
tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity
although of course this will not be possible in the exam
itself
Model answer
Hi Alex
Itrsquos always great to hear from you
Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it
My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together
really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best
mate ever since
Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same
age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both
crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming
Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a
little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on
to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos
a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Enrique
Revision
1 Answers
1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working
2 usually eat rsquoreare having
3 rsquomam waiting seems
4 is changing are getting
5 is rsquosis always complaining
6 own donrsquot live
7 gets rsquomam thinking
2 Answers
1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic
6 cautious 7 pessimistic
3 Answers
1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable
4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive
4 Answers
1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying
5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish
9 puzzling 10 exhausted
Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619
Part 7
Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions
1 Whatrsquos the text about
2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there
Now do the exam task
Exam task
You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
earns less money than theirfriend
1
says the two of them did not likeeach other at first
2
denies that their friend is bossy 3
has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos
4
once fell out with their friend 5
shares a hobby with their friend 6
says their friend has a goodsense of humour
7
describes their friend as rather
shy
8
has a friend who is veryoptimistic
9
has a very ambitious friend 10
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen
lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in
the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually
know each other until we both took up horse riding something we
still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between
them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always
expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite
Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though
of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing
can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo
B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing
summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another
part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and
chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in
town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can
travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I
could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that
hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer
to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-
walking and readingrsquo
C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family
environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the
same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet
perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be
withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to
tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to
make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt
a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was
in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was
annoyedrsquo
D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three
years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand
to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I
realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly
when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you
get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always
has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I
often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she
lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to
the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo
4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Yourself and others1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719
5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
Grammar
Present tenses
1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous
1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my
favourite sport
2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll
arrive at 930
3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours
at work
5 When you will receive my letter please tell
Mary about this
6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he
never calls me
7 Nowadays it becomes more and more
important to have a good education
8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I
get home
9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job
10 They are the kind of people who are driving
to work every day in big cars
2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once
end get hear own rise see take try
1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road
bridge is closed
2 It harder to find a job and youth
unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term
Irsquom going away on holiday
4 Her parents are very rich They
homes in both London and New York
5 I Marcos later this evening
when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I
to sleep
7 In every part of the world the sun
in the east
8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I
the alarm clock
LISTENINGPart 1
Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many speakers will you hear
2 Will they be female or male voices
3 What is the situation
4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question
02 Now listen and do the exam task
Exam task
You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom
What does she like about it
A the way it is decorated
B the furniture in it C its size and shape
2 You overhear a conversation on a bus
Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work
3 You hear a man talking on the phone
Why is he calling
A to apologise B to ask for information
C to complain
4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman
What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars
C She hires out motorcycles
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819
6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Part 3
1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the
correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case
1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk
to you
2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are
always stressy (stress) when you do that job
3 These are my recommendations for the
most attraction (attract) places in my town
4 Suddenly I heard something strange near
the door I was terrorised (terrify)
5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)
6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear
that Marta was the winner
7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people
8 Staying at your house next week will be
really enjoyful (enjoy)
9 That festival was a completely
unorganised (organise) and dull event
10 There are some interesting and
impressing (impress) museums in this city
2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions
1 What kind of word goes between the
superlative form the most and the noun
features
2 Does this word describe how someone
feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
Now do the exam task
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 SURPRISING
Staying safe online
One of the most (0) features of the
computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other
Whereas a generation ago children would go home
after a (1) day at school and watch TV
nowadays they are likely to do something much more
(2) such as chat online with their
friends
Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What
some parents find rather (4) however is
how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have
never actually met and also the amount of information
that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see
Parents are right to be (6) but with
many children spending hours a day online it is simply
(7) for adults constantly to watch over
them All they can do is advise them to be extremely
(8) about contact with strangers and to
warn them not to put personal information such as their
phone number or home address online
SURPRISE
TIRE
SOCIETY
INCREASE
WORRY
ENTHUSIASM
ANXIETY
PRACTICE
CAUTION
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919
3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives
WRITINGPart 2 informal letter
1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions
1 Who has written to you
2 Who do they want to know about
3 What examples of informal language can
you find
Exam task
Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend
Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions
1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second
paragraph to form two shorter
paragraphs
3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal
style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the
letter
a a comparative
b a verb tense c an article
d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you
use in your letter
Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me
wersquore good friends most of the time
So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot
ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her
Hope to hear from you soon
Hi Sam
Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you
Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually
a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the
same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on
really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the
same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other
most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common
For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that
hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so
enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can
also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos
always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Matteo
7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 219
8 UNIT 1 LISTENING
Part 1
1 Look at the photos What are the people doing Howmuch time each day do you spend a) studying or workingb) travelling and c) relaxing
2 Look at question 1 in the exam task Answer thesequestions
1 How many speakers will you hear Are they female ormale What is the situation
2 Part 1 questions may focus for instance on opinion
purpose or place What is the focus of Where is he
3 Read the recording script for question 1 Which is the correctanswer (A B or C) Why Why are the other two wrong
Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with aboutthirty other media people but by the look of theplace there isnrsquot anybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure ifhersquoll be back later this afternoon ndash or whether hersquosspending the weekend away perhaps at a luxury
hotel in the city centre What does seem clearthough is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquosbig match ndash otherwise these TV crews would bewaiting at the gates of the clubrsquos training groundto film him not here
4 102 Work in pairs For each of questions 2ndash8 askand answer the questions in Exercise 2 Then listen and
do the exam task
Page 94
C
B
A
Exam task You will hear people talking in eight different situationsFor questions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio Where is he
A outside a training ground
B outside an expensive hotel
C outside somebodyrsquos house
2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every
day How does she feel about the daily train journey
A It is often quite tiring B It is a good opportunity to talk to people
C It is a relaxing way to begin the day
3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone Why is she calling A to apologise for a mistake
B to refuse to do something
C to deny she did something
4 You hear a man talking about reading books
Why does he enjoy reading at home A It helps him pass the time
B It enables him to spend time alone
C It makes a change from his job
5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort
Who is the woman A a waitress B a tourist
C a cafeacute owner
6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy
What is he doing to improve his fitness
A eating less food B going to the gym
C walking to work
7 You hear a woman talking about her home Where does she live
A in a city-centre flat B in a house in the suburbs C in a country cottage
8 You overhear two people talking about finding something
How does the woman feel
A grateful
B relieved C concerned
5 Have you chosen an answer for every question Even ifyoursquore not sure you could be right
Quick steps to Listening Part 1
Donrsquot choose an answer until yoursquove heard the whole extract
You can always change your mind about an answer while
yoursquore listening or when you listen again
LISTENING1Yourself and others
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 319
9GRAMMAR UNIT 1
Review of present tenses Page 103
1 Match extracts andashg from the recording inListening with rules 1ndash7
a Irsquom standing here in Church Avenueb I live a long way out in the suburbs
c Whenever I can I go into the study
d The traffic into town is getting worse all the
timee Somebody is always pushingf A south-facing room gets lots of sunshine
g This month Irsquom working particularly hard
We use the present simple to talk about1 a routine or habit2 a permanent situation3 something which is always true
We use the present continuous to talk about
4 something happening right now
5 a temporary situation
6 a situation that is changing or developing7 something irritating or surprising using
always
Note verbs which describe states eg think own have understand are normally used in
simple tenses but some can be continuouswhen they describe something we do eg Irsquom
thinking of buying a bike
See Grammar reference page 103 stative verbs
2 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates
1 I suppose that you are understanding my
situation
2 This evening people are playing music and
have fun3 I know that you are liking your job but in my
opinion you are working too hard4 I wait for your answer to my let ter
5 Nowadays Irsquom preferring to go to work by
bicycle6 In summer itrsquos nice to go on a boat and
having dinner on the lake
7 lsquoSara can you hear me I stand on your left
by the bridgersquo
3
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs inbrackets
1 Katiersquos in but she (write) an email to someone at the
moment2 Scientists believe that sea levels (rise) because of
global warming
3 My brother Oliver (quite often go) mountain biking on
Sundays
4 My neighbours (always shout) early in the morning
Itrsquos really annoying5 That notebook on the table (belong) to me
6 I (stay) with my friends this week while my family are
away
7 In every continent on Earth the sun (set) in the west8 Listen Ellie (have) an argument with her boyfriend
Present simple in time clauses Page 103
4 Look at these extracts from the recording in Listening Do allthe verbs refer to the future What tense do we use after timeexpressions like when
Irsquoll move back into my place when they finish repainting it on FridayNext time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them online instead
5 Choose the correct option
1 I get rsquoll get some more milk when I go rsquoll go shoppingtomorrow
2 I wait rsquoll wait here until you come rsquoll come back later on3 As soon as the film ends will end tonight I catch rsquoll catch the
bus home
4 I donrsquot wonrsquot move house before I start rsquoll start my new job next
month
5 By the time you arrive rsquoll arrive at 830 I am rsquoll be ready to go
out6 I talk rsquoll talk to my flatmates tonight once I get rsquoll get home
6 Complete the sentences about yourself Then tell your partner
1 Irsquoll have a meal as soon as hellip
2 Irsquoll spend less money the next time hellip3 Irsquom going to buy a house when hellip
4 I donrsquot think Irsquoll have children before hellip
5 I wonrsquot stop studying English until hellip
6 I think Irsquoll watch TV after hellip
GRAMMAR1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 419
10 UNIT 1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
Part 7
1 Look at photos 1ndash4 What do you think a typical day is l ike
for each person Think about
when they do things like having meals
where they go and how they travel
who they see what they do to relax
how they feel at various times of the day
2 Look at the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many people are there2 Is it one text in sections or is it several short texts
3 Whatrsquos the topic
4 What must you find (eg Which place hellip )
5 How many questions are there6 Can you use letters A B C and D several times each
3 Look quickly at the text and match parts AndashD with photos1ndash4 Which person starts working earliest Who finisheslatest
4 Look at this Part 7 example question and the underlinedwords in the text There are references to this in parts AB and D Why is B right Why are A and D wrong
ExampleWhich person never has breakfast B
5 Do the exam task Underline the words or sentences that tell
you the right answers
Exam task
You are going to read an article about four peoplersquos daily livesFor questions 1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
sometimes sleeps in the early afternoon 1
thinks they ought to do more frequent exercise 2
says they have their best ideas late in their
working day
3
has to hurry to catch the train to work 4
does not always get up at the same time every
day5
dislikes working later than they should do 6
believes exercise helps them prepare for the day
ahead
7
is now more relaxed at work 8
chooses not to follow local tradition 9
enjoys answering questions from customers 10
Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 7
Look at the instructions title and layout then readquickly through the questions
Remember that the information you need may not be inthe same order as the questions
Be careful with words that only seem to say the same asa particular question but in fact mean something quitedifferent
1 2 3
4
1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 519
11READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1
When you have finished make sure you have answeredall ten questions
Exam tip
Adjectives ending in -ed and -ing
6 Find these words in the text and complete the rules with-ed and -ing
exhausted fascinating (A) interesting challenging (B)
refreshed distracted (C) tired irritating (D)
1 We use adjectives with to describe how
somebody feels about something
2 We use adjectives with to describe the thing
or person which causes the feeling
7 Complete these sentences with -ing and -ed adjectives
formed from the verbs in brackets Then answer the
questions about yourself
1 At what time of day do you feel most (relax)2 Whatrsquos the most (amuse) film yoursquove ever
seen
3 When do you sometimes feel a little (worry)4 Whatrsquos the most (depress) news item yoursquove
heard recently
5 When do you feel most (motivate) to study6 Are you (terrify) of anything such as spiders
or heights
7 Whatrsquos the most (astonish) story yoursquove ever
heard
8 Whatrsquos the most (puzzle) thing about the
English language
8 Compare a typical day in your life with those of the fourpeople in the text What are the different times in your
day like and how do you feel Use words from Exercises 6and 7
B For Assistant Sales Manager Julia Anderson eachday begins at 630 am with a quick shower a fewminutes to get ready and then a dash to the station tocatch the 715 into Manhattan By eight orsquoclock shersquosat her workstation lsquoI need to be there then before thesalespeople start arriving I spend the rest of the morningin meetings and dealing with client queries whichfor me is one of the most interesting challenging andworthwhile aspects of the job Then itrsquos out for a quicklunch ndash my first meal of the day ndash and back to workat 1 pm followed by more of the same up to 5 pmThatrsquos how things are here you have to keep to a tightschedule At first I found working here pretty stressful butIrsquom used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother mersquo
C Website Designer Oliver McShane works at home andunsurprisingly is a late riser lsquorolling out of bedrsquo as he
puts it lsquoat 9 amrsquo Switching on his laptop his first task isto answer any early-morning emails and then he carrieson from where he left off the previous evening lsquoIf I havea creative peakrsquo he says lsquothatrsquos when it is and it takesme a while to get going again the next day WheneverIrsquove stayed up working very late I make up for it byhaving a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then whenI wake up I feel refreshed and ready for another longworking session Occasionally I pack my laptop and sitin a cafeacute for a while although I can get distracted fromwork if I run into someone I knowrsquo
D Anita Ramos is a Tourist Guide who works morningsand evenings lsquoItrsquos just too hot to walk around the cityin the afternoonrsquo she says lsquoso I spend it at homeItrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but Ihavenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired thenbecause I donrsquot get up particularly early When I do Iusually skip breakfast though sometimes I have cerealor something Then itrsquos off to the office before headingdowntown to wherever Irsquom meeting the first group I takefour or five groups out before lunch and Irsquom supposed tofinish around 2 pm though there always seems to besomeone in the last group who asks lots of questionswhich can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaidovertime It also means I risk missing the 215 train homersquo
livesDifferent A University student Jake Harris is in his first year
lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen Irsquom outof bed by 745 If therersquos time I have some tea andtoast then set off I used to aim for the 825 train butI kept missing it so nowadays I do the uphill walk intotown which wakes me up and enables me to plan whatIrsquom going to do in the morning and afternoon From ninetill one itrsquos lessons and a group activity with a quickbreak at eleven to grab something to keep me going tilllunch The afternoon is similar to the morning really Afterthat I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as Ishould Once I get home I work for a few hours and laterndash if Irsquom not feeling too exhausted ndash I go out with friends
Irsquove met some fascinating people herersquo
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 619
12 UNIT 1 SPEAKING
Part 11 In Part 1 the examiner may ask you questions like these
What are they about Which verb tense would you mainlyuse to reply
1 Where are you from
2 What do you like about living there
3 Tell me a little about your family4 Which time of the year is your favourite Why
5 What do you enjoy doing when you are on holiday
6 What do you use the Internet for
2 In pairs read this example conversation from Part 1
What is wrong with Nicorsquos and Lenarsquos replies (1ndash6)Correct two mistakes Then study the Quick steps for waysof improving the other four replies
Examiner Is your routine at weekends different fromyour daily routine in the week
Nico (1) Yes
Examiner In what ways
Nico (2) I am staying in bed later of course I go
out with friends after lunchExaminer And what about your routine at weekends
Lena Is it different from your daily routine
Lena (3) Not really I have to get up at about the
same time
Examiner WhyLena (4) Well I have a job in a shop and Irsquom going
to work early Itrsquos a long way from my house
And I arrive home late every day
Examiner Now tell me Nico How often do you read
newspapers or magazines
Nico (5) RepeatExaminer How often do you read newspapersNico (6) Not often I donrsquot like them much
3 Lena says I arrive home late every day Look at theseexpressions and answer the questions
every hour or so from time to time most weekends
five times a week hardly ever now and then
1 Where do frequency expressions like every day go in
the sentence
2 Which one means lsquoalmost neverrsquo
3 Which two mean lsquooccasionallyrsquo
Page 97
Use as wide a range of grammar and vocabulary as you can
Exam tip
4 Work with a different partner Ask and answer theexaminerrsquos questions in Exercises 1 and 2
5 How well did you answer the Part 1 questions How goodwere your partnerrsquos answers Tell each other what youthink
Character adjectives
6 Find out what kind of person your partner is by asking
them questions 1ndash12 Give examples using expressionslike now and then and nearly always in your replies
What are you like 1 Do you think about what other people need or want
2 Do you usually expect good things to happen
3 Do you behave in a way that is silly and not adult
4 Do you like telling other people what to do
5 Are you good at dealing with problems
6 Do you get annoyed if things happen too slowly
7 Do you want to be very successful in life
8 Are you easily upset and do you know when others
are upset 9 Do you find it easy to make up your mind quickly
10 Do you do things that nobody expects
11 Are you sensible and fair with other people
12 Do you find it difficult to plan things well
7 Match the adjectives with questions 1ndash12 Do you thinkthey describe your character correctly Then use some ofthese adjectives to say what you think each person in thepictures might be like
ambitious bossy childish decisive disorganised
impatient optimistic practical reasonable sensitive
thoughtful unpredictable
Quick steps to Speaking Part 1
Be friendly to the examiners and to the other candidate
Donrsquot just reply yes no or I donrsquot know Give reasons
(because hellip so hellip) or examples (such as hellip like hellip) You can politely ask the examiner to repeat a question
Ask Pardon Could you say that again please Sorry
1 SPEAKING
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 719
13READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1
Forming adjectives1 Underline these prefixes and suffixes in the
words in Speaking Exercise 7 One word hasboth a prefix and a suffix
-able -al dis- -ful -ic im- -ish
-itive -ive -ous un- -y
2 Form character adjectives from these wordswith the prefixes and suffixes in Exercise 1Be careful with spelling changes
adventure aggression anxiety artistcaution cheek compete emotion
energy enthusiasm fool greed help
honest pessimist polite popular rely
respect sympathy
Part 3
3 Correct the mistakes in thesesentences written by exam candidates
1 You were a charmful host as always
2 Joey can be quite rude and unpolite3 I think that going to work or to school by
bike is very healthful4 We really enjoyed the festival in spite of
the disorganising programme
5 Irsquom helpful and sociality so Irsquod like a job
working with people
6 Sometimes shopping can be a stressing
experience
4 Complete the sentences with the correctform of the words in brackets In each caseadd a prefix andor a suffix
1 Amelia thinks shersquoll win and her family arequite (optimism) too
2 Question 9 in the quiz was quite
(challenge) but I got it right3 The team has lost every game so their
fans are feeling (depress)
4 The staff disliked the boss and they were
(sympathy) when he lost
his job
5 It was a hot day but Chloe felt
(refresh) after having a coolshower
6 People seem (enthusiasm)
about the TV show Few are watching it
5
Look at the exam task Answer these questions1 How many gaps are there in the text
2 What do you have to put in each of them
3 Does this task mainly test grammar or vocabulary
6 Quickly read the text ignoring the gaps for now What is the purposeof the text What is each paragraph about
7 Look at the example (0) Answer the questions Then do the exam task
1 What kind of word probably goes between the and thing
2 Does it describe how someone feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
4 If this suffix begins with a vowel how does fascinate change
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals at theend of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same lineThere is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 FASCINATING
Same family different people
The three children grew up in the same home but for friends of
the family the (0) thing is that now as young adults
they all have very different (1)
Grace 23 always has to be busy Ever since she was a young girl
she has been highly (2) to succeed and now that
she is working in a business environment she makes no secret of
how (3) she is her aim is to be Managing Director
before she is 30
Whereas Grace can sometimes appear rather (4)
even cold her 21-year-old sister Evie can be quite(5) to what others say particularly if their
comments are unfair But she is always kind to her friends and
(6) whenever anyone wants to talk about their
problems
Daniel just 19 is the (7) one Hersquos mad about
sports like rock climbing snowboarding and motorcycling
He takes too many risks and he gives his family some
(8) moments but somehow he always manages to
get home safely
FASCINATE
PERSONAL
MOTIVATE
AMBITION
EMOTION
SENSE
SYMPATHY
ADVENTURE
ANXIETY
Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 3
Read the text quickly to find out its purpose and main points
Look at each word in capitals then the words next to the gap Do youneed a noun an adjec tive or another part of speech
Does the word in capitals need more than one change
1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 819
14 UNIT 1 WRITING
Part 2 informal letter1 Look at the exam task and answer these
questions
1 Who has written to you
2 What does this person want you to do
3 What style is the extract from the letter
written in Find examples of the following a contrac ted forms eg Irsquom
b short common words eg got
c simple linking words eg because
d informal punctuation eg dash (ndash)
e friendly expressions eg tell me
Exam task
This is part of an email from an English friendAlex
Write your email to Alex in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
P age 90 2
Read the model letter and answer these questions1 Is Lydiarsquos letter the right length2 Has she made any language mistakes3 How does she open and close her message
4 What does she talk about in her introduction and conclusion
5 Does she answer all of Alexrsquos questions In which main paragraphs
6 What examples of informal language can you find
7 What character adjectives does she use8 Which phrases of hers might be particularly useful when you write
other letters
3 Think about these questions and note down some ideas for your ownletter to Alex
1 What does friendship mean to you
2 How often do you see your friends3 Who are you going to write about4 How long have you known each other
5 Which character adjectives best descr ibe your friend
4 Make a plan for your letter Put your best ideas from Exercise 3 underthese headings 1 Friends in general 2 Best friend who 3 Best friend why Then add some details such as the personrsquos age or job You couldput the points under each heading into main paragraphs 1 2 and 3
5 Write your letter When you have finished check it for the following
correct length
all the content asked for in the instructions
good organisation into paragraphs
correct grammar spelling and punctuation suitable style of language
Dear Alex
Many thanks for your message It was great to hear from youThe first thing I want to say is that I completely agree with you about friends I see some of
mine almost every day and I really miss them when theyrsquore away
My closest friend is Nicole whorsquos also a student is the same age as me and lives just
down the road Wersquove been best mates for many years and we tell each other everything
but I think wersquove got quite dif ferent personalities
For instance I can be a bit indecisive at times but shersquos very practical and gets everything
done quickly Shersquos not bossy though In fact shersquos really thoughtful Whenever I get upset
shersquos always sympathetic and then she finds a way to cheer me up ndash shersquos got a wonderful
sense of humour
I hope one day you can get to know her and that I have the chance to meet your friends
too Please tell me more about them in your next letter Write soon
Best wishesLydia
Irsquom lucky because Irsquove got really good friends ndash especially
those Irsquove known since I was a kid I donrsquot know what Irsquod
do without them So tell me how important are friends to
you Whorsquos your best friend and what do you like about
him or her
Looking forward to hearing from you soon
Quick steps to writing a Part 2 informalletter
Look at the task including any text anddecide who you are writing to why andwhich points to include
Note down ideas and decide how manymain paragraphs you will need Then putyour ideas under paragraph headings
Begin Dear (friendrsquos first name) and thankthem for their last message
Keep to your plan and use informallanguage throughout
Close in a friendly way asking them to writeback End Lots of love Best wishes etc
Make sure you leave enough time at the end to check your letter formistakes
Exam tip
WRITING1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 919
See the CD-ROM for more practice
1
Complete the sentences with the presentsimple or present continuous form of theverbs in brackets
1 This summer I (stay) at the
seaside and I (work) in a
local shop in the mornings
2 My friends (usually eat) at
home but this evening they
(have) dinner in a restaurant
3 Hi I (wait) to get onto the
plane but there (seem) to be
a delay
4 The climate (change) all
the time and the temperatures here
(get) higher every year
5 Natalie (be) quite annoying
She (always complain) about
something
6 My grandparents (own)
a house in the village though they
(not live) there any more
7 This far north it (get)dark very early at this time of year so
I (think) of spending the
winter in Australia
2 Add a prefix or suffix to these words andcomplete the sentences
artist caution energy greed honest
pessimism polite
1 Martin always eats too much food Hersquos
really
2 Itrsquos to take things from a
shop without paying for them
3 The quality of these drawings and
paintings shows how
Alexia is
4 If someone helps you itrsquosnot to say lsquothank yoursquo
5 Paola is usually quite but
she doesnrsquot feel like doing sports today
6 Jerry likes to take risks but his brother
Anton is a much more boy
7 Irsquom sorry to be so but I just
know wersquore going to lose this game
3
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets1 Terry is quite (predict) You never know what hersquos going
to do next
2 I thanked my friends for being so (sympathy) when Ihad to go into hospital
3 Itrsquos (reason) to expect people to do all your work for
you
4 Going up that mountain is quite (challenge) even for
an expert climber
5 It was (thought) of you to remember my motherrsquos
birthday
6 To succeed in business you have to be (decision) and
not keep changing your mind
4 Read the text below Use the word given in capitals at the end of someof the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line
In the morning I normally take the underground At
that time of day itrsquos crowded you have to stand and itrsquos
certainly not a (1) way to travel But the
service is quick frequent and (2) which
makes it by far the most (3) way to get
across the city in the rush hour
Occasionally though I travel into town in a friendrsquos car
to go shopping and quite honestly I often 1047297nd it an
absolutely (4) experience Every time we
get onto the ring road Irsquom (5) by the waypeople behave when they drive a car Some are extremely
(6) driving straight at you to make you
get out of their way while others are (7)
trying to have races with other drivers all the time They
just seem (8) to me
What I 1047297nd most (9) about this is the
fact that by the time they actually get to their of1047297ces
theyrsquore probably too (10) to do a proper
dayrsquos work
RELAX
RELY
PRACTICE
TERRIFY
ASTONISH
AGGRESSION
COMPETE
CHILD
PUZZLE
EXHAUST
REVISION UNIT 1 15
REVISION1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019
8 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present
simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y
READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading
studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas
planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script
SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples
ListeningPart 1
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo
discussion time Then ask students for their overall
1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance
between workstudy and relaxation
Optional activity
Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that
students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the
following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already
know them
1 How many extracts will you hear
2 Is there any connection between the extracts
3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence
about each speaker and situation
4 Do you both read and hear each question
Answers
1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no
2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in
Exercise 3 Check the answers
Answers
1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street
2 the focus is place
3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in
Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within
the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this
task type there are always two distractors for each question
Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A
and B are wrong then elicit the answers
Answers
C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the
people who live there are not at home and by the look of the
place indicates that the reporter is outside the house
B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury
hotel in the city centre so he is not there
A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about
someone else (the TV crews )
4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory
sentence and question of each item not the options If they
1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on
the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and
suggest that students ask themselves these questions every
time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to
work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone
as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording
through without pausing
Answers
2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus
feelingsattitude
3 one female making a phone call focus purpose
4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason
5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus
person
6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos
doing
7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home
8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something
focus feelings
Recording script
You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio
Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem
clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here
2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day
The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work
Yourself and others
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119
Unit 1 Yourself and others 9
3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone
Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days
4 You hear a man talking about reading books
Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids
5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort
Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside
Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff
Man Really Is it that bad
Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do
Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening
everywhere round here
6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy
I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy
7 You hear a woman talking about her home
Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move
back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other
And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too
8 You overhear two people talking about finding something
Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now
Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day
Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it
Man No Where was it
Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours
Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that
Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it
Exam task answers
2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B
5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect
answers as this may not be the case in other exams they
have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go
through the answers
GrammarReview of present tenses
1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty
of time to match the extracts then check the answers If
yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that
3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit
or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs
Answers
1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e
2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If
there is time you may want to ask the class why they think
each mistake has been made
Answers
1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting
5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing
3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1
If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is
a stative verb
Answers
1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)
2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)
3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)
4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)
5 belongs (stative verb)
6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)
8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)
Present simple in time clauses
4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these
clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts
we are using the present simple with future meaning as in
1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some
more examples with a variety of time expressions such as
before after or until
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219
10 Unit 1 Yourself and others
5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer
any questions about this Then give students about 20
minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in
exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in
the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and
elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time
also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to
missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)
Exam task answers
1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B
Underlining
A
(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen
(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and
enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning
and afternoon
(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I
should
B
(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715
(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the
most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of
the job
(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom
used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me
C
(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he
says lsquothatrsquos when it is
(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I
wake up
D
(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I
havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime
Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
6 Give students time to study the context of each word and
work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of
the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging
refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le
Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing
adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further
examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring
Answers
1 -ed 2 -ing
7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word
Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this
unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal
e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done
individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the
questions using the words given Check answers to the
sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some
answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each
adjective
Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2
level by English Pro1047297le
Answers
yes present simple
5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go
through the answers
Answers
1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start
5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get
6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to
write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit
some answers for each question
Suggested answers
1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money
4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework
Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time
for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos
The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text
but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra
reason for reading later on
2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions
the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text
layout Then check the answers
Answers
1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives
4 which person does or thinks particular things
5 ten 6 yes
3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the
answers to the two questions Then check the answers
Answers
1 B Assistant Sales Manager
2 A University student
3 C Website Designer
4 D Tour Guide
earliest B latest C
4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words
or sentences in the text which appear to give the right
answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises
awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers
once students have had enough time to study the three
highlighted parts
Answers
B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot
have eaten breakfast
A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he
never has breakfast
D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she
sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319
Unit 1 Yourself and others 11
Answers
1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated
6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling
8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as
many -ing -ed adjectives as they can
SpeakingPart 1
Optional activity
Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You
could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd
the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot
already know them
1 How many examiners are there
2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there
4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1
Answers
1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be
three 4 no
1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions
about future plans and ambitions and that these will be
practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that
candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while
the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose
from
Answers
1 your town
2 what you like about your town
3 your family
4 your favourite season and why
5 what you like doing on holiday
6 what you use the Internet for
(all questions are about you)
You would use the present simple to reply although in some
cases you may also need to use the present continuous for
example to say a relative is studying abroad
2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this
activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both
incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on
this then elicit the answers
Suggested answers
1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what
ways but he could have done this without being prompted
2 The verb form should be I stay
3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after
the examiner asks why without being prompted
4 The verb form should be I go
5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please
6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could
say something like because therersquos too much in them about
politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to
3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency
adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go
before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question
then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer
the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes
Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading
and Use of English and other parts of the exam
Answers
1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)
2 hardly ever
3 from time to time now and then
4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot
know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker
Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary
5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments
about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own
performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any
particular dif1047297culties
Character adjectives
6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo
or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their
personality Give students a couple of minutes each to
answer
7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English
Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have
any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right
answers They then compare their impressions of each other
using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful
not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always
bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they
do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit
answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use
modals such as could might and may to speculate about the
character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers
and point out that the language used in this activity is useful
practice for Writing later in this unit
Answers
1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical
6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive
10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised
Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives
1 Get students to note down the words and then underline
them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make
sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to
elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out
that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419
12 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Answers
reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised
thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive
ambitious unpredictable bossy
2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we
drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage
the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling
Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg
unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers
possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more
adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also
their opposites
Answers
(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky
competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish
greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic
Optional activity
Encourage discussion about whether some of these
adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics
pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious
the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class
making sure that all the words are understood
Suggested answers
lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite
reliable sympathetic
lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful
unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish
greedy dishonest impolite unpopular
lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive
emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or
negative in certain circumstances
Part 3
3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit
though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit
answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask
what students think the most common mistakes are by
speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)
Answers
1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable
6 stressful
4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and
suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the
base words although they will have to be careful which
form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may
be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level
version of Word Formation although of course in the exam
it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives
requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers
once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling
Answers
1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic
5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic
5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals
are laid out Then go through the answers
Answers
1 eight
2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the
same line
3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)
6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and
advise students to do this every time they do a Word
Formation task Explain that some answers may require
an understanding of more than one sentence or the
text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any
comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text
but not the detail
Answers
The purpose of the text is to show how different people from
the same family can be
paragraph 1 to introduce the topic
paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters
paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter
paragraph 4 to describe the son
7 Explain that students should look at the example and its
context every time they begin a Word Formation task as
this will give them an introduction to the text and also
remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class
Answers
1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)
3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e
Point out that students have already seen some form or
other of all the target words in this exam task You may
also want to give some clues or further tips before they
begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms
Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their
own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to
make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters
Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay
particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8
Exam task answers
1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional
5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519
Unit 1 Yourself and others 13
WritingPart 2 informal letter
1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit
the answers
Answers
1 an English friend Alex
2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your
best friend is what you like about him or her
3 informal
a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and
d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you
2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and
answer the questions Elicit the answers
Answers
1 yes
2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes
4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and
comments on this
Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write
back soon and give her more information
5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph
who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a
description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main
paragraph
6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road
mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted
forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly
expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon
7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic
8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always
cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc
3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to
the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best
done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo
answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work
and make suggestions where necessary especially for
question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers
4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief
notes
5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their
answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they
have already studied the task and planned their work Tell
students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of
each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to
these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2
tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity
although of course this will not be possible in the exam
itself
Model answer
Hi Alex
Itrsquos always great to hear from you
Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it
My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together
really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best
mate ever since
Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same
age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both
crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming
Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a
little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on
to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos
a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Enrique
Revision
1 Answers
1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working
2 usually eat rsquoreare having
3 rsquomam waiting seems
4 is changing are getting
5 is rsquosis always complaining
6 own donrsquot live
7 gets rsquomam thinking
2 Answers
1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic
6 cautious 7 pessimistic
3 Answers
1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable
4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive
4 Answers
1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying
5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish
9 puzzling 10 exhausted
Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619
Part 7
Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions
1 Whatrsquos the text about
2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there
Now do the exam task
Exam task
You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
earns less money than theirfriend
1
says the two of them did not likeeach other at first
2
denies that their friend is bossy 3
has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos
4
once fell out with their friend 5
shares a hobby with their friend 6
says their friend has a goodsense of humour
7
describes their friend as rather
shy
8
has a friend who is veryoptimistic
9
has a very ambitious friend 10
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen
lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in
the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually
know each other until we both took up horse riding something we
still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between
them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always
expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite
Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though
of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing
can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo
B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing
summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another
part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and
chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in
town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can
travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I
could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that
hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer
to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-
walking and readingrsquo
C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family
environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the
same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet
perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be
withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to
tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to
make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt
a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was
in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was
annoyedrsquo
D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three
years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand
to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I
realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly
when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you
get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always
has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I
often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she
lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to
the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo
4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Yourself and others1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719
5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
Grammar
Present tenses
1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous
1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my
favourite sport
2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll
arrive at 930
3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours
at work
5 When you will receive my letter please tell
Mary about this
6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he
never calls me
7 Nowadays it becomes more and more
important to have a good education
8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I
get home
9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job
10 They are the kind of people who are driving
to work every day in big cars
2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once
end get hear own rise see take try
1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road
bridge is closed
2 It harder to find a job and youth
unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term
Irsquom going away on holiday
4 Her parents are very rich They
homes in both London and New York
5 I Marcos later this evening
when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I
to sleep
7 In every part of the world the sun
in the east
8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I
the alarm clock
LISTENINGPart 1
Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many speakers will you hear
2 Will they be female or male voices
3 What is the situation
4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question
02 Now listen and do the exam task
Exam task
You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom
What does she like about it
A the way it is decorated
B the furniture in it C its size and shape
2 You overhear a conversation on a bus
Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work
3 You hear a man talking on the phone
Why is he calling
A to apologise B to ask for information
C to complain
4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman
What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars
C She hires out motorcycles
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819
6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Part 3
1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the
correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case
1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk
to you
2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are
always stressy (stress) when you do that job
3 These are my recommendations for the
most attraction (attract) places in my town
4 Suddenly I heard something strange near
the door I was terrorised (terrify)
5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)
6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear
that Marta was the winner
7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people
8 Staying at your house next week will be
really enjoyful (enjoy)
9 That festival was a completely
unorganised (organise) and dull event
10 There are some interesting and
impressing (impress) museums in this city
2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions
1 What kind of word goes between the
superlative form the most and the noun
features
2 Does this word describe how someone
feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
Now do the exam task
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 SURPRISING
Staying safe online
One of the most (0) features of the
computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other
Whereas a generation ago children would go home
after a (1) day at school and watch TV
nowadays they are likely to do something much more
(2) such as chat online with their
friends
Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What
some parents find rather (4) however is
how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have
never actually met and also the amount of information
that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see
Parents are right to be (6) but with
many children spending hours a day online it is simply
(7) for adults constantly to watch over
them All they can do is advise them to be extremely
(8) about contact with strangers and to
warn them not to put personal information such as their
phone number or home address online
SURPRISE
TIRE
SOCIETY
INCREASE
WORRY
ENTHUSIASM
ANXIETY
PRACTICE
CAUTION
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919
3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives
WRITINGPart 2 informal letter
1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions
1 Who has written to you
2 Who do they want to know about
3 What examples of informal language can
you find
Exam task
Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend
Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions
1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second
paragraph to form two shorter
paragraphs
3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal
style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the
letter
a a comparative
b a verb tense c an article
d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you
use in your letter
Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me
wersquore good friends most of the time
So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot
ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her
Hope to hear from you soon
Hi Sam
Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you
Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually
a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the
same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on
really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the
same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other
most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common
For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that
hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so
enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can
also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos
always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Matteo
7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 319
9GRAMMAR UNIT 1
Review of present tenses Page 103
1 Match extracts andashg from the recording inListening with rules 1ndash7
a Irsquom standing here in Church Avenueb I live a long way out in the suburbs
c Whenever I can I go into the study
d The traffic into town is getting worse all the
timee Somebody is always pushingf A south-facing room gets lots of sunshine
g This month Irsquom working particularly hard
We use the present simple to talk about1 a routine or habit2 a permanent situation3 something which is always true
We use the present continuous to talk about
4 something happening right now
5 a temporary situation
6 a situation that is changing or developing7 something irritating or surprising using
always
Note verbs which describe states eg think own have understand are normally used in
simple tenses but some can be continuouswhen they describe something we do eg Irsquom
thinking of buying a bike
See Grammar reference page 103 stative verbs
2 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates
1 I suppose that you are understanding my
situation
2 This evening people are playing music and
have fun3 I know that you are liking your job but in my
opinion you are working too hard4 I wait for your answer to my let ter
5 Nowadays Irsquom preferring to go to work by
bicycle6 In summer itrsquos nice to go on a boat and
having dinner on the lake
7 lsquoSara can you hear me I stand on your left
by the bridgersquo
3
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs inbrackets
1 Katiersquos in but she (write) an email to someone at the
moment2 Scientists believe that sea levels (rise) because of
global warming
3 My brother Oliver (quite often go) mountain biking on
Sundays
4 My neighbours (always shout) early in the morning
Itrsquos really annoying5 That notebook on the table (belong) to me
6 I (stay) with my friends this week while my family are
away
7 In every continent on Earth the sun (set) in the west8 Listen Ellie (have) an argument with her boyfriend
Present simple in time clauses Page 103
4 Look at these extracts from the recording in Listening Do allthe verbs refer to the future What tense do we use after timeexpressions like when
Irsquoll move back into my place when they finish repainting it on FridayNext time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them online instead
5 Choose the correct option
1 I get rsquoll get some more milk when I go rsquoll go shoppingtomorrow
2 I wait rsquoll wait here until you come rsquoll come back later on3 As soon as the film ends will end tonight I catch rsquoll catch the
bus home
4 I donrsquot wonrsquot move house before I start rsquoll start my new job next
month
5 By the time you arrive rsquoll arrive at 830 I am rsquoll be ready to go
out6 I talk rsquoll talk to my flatmates tonight once I get rsquoll get home
6 Complete the sentences about yourself Then tell your partner
1 Irsquoll have a meal as soon as hellip
2 Irsquoll spend less money the next time hellip3 Irsquom going to buy a house when hellip
4 I donrsquot think Irsquoll have children before hellip
5 I wonrsquot stop studying English until hellip
6 I think Irsquoll watch TV after hellip
GRAMMAR1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 419
10 UNIT 1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
Part 7
1 Look at photos 1ndash4 What do you think a typical day is l ike
for each person Think about
when they do things like having meals
where they go and how they travel
who they see what they do to relax
how they feel at various times of the day
2 Look at the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many people are there2 Is it one text in sections or is it several short texts
3 Whatrsquos the topic
4 What must you find (eg Which place hellip )
5 How many questions are there6 Can you use letters A B C and D several times each
3 Look quickly at the text and match parts AndashD with photos1ndash4 Which person starts working earliest Who finisheslatest
4 Look at this Part 7 example question and the underlinedwords in the text There are references to this in parts AB and D Why is B right Why are A and D wrong
ExampleWhich person never has breakfast B
5 Do the exam task Underline the words or sentences that tell
you the right answers
Exam task
You are going to read an article about four peoplersquos daily livesFor questions 1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
sometimes sleeps in the early afternoon 1
thinks they ought to do more frequent exercise 2
says they have their best ideas late in their
working day
3
has to hurry to catch the train to work 4
does not always get up at the same time every
day5
dislikes working later than they should do 6
believes exercise helps them prepare for the day
ahead
7
is now more relaxed at work 8
chooses not to follow local tradition 9
enjoys answering questions from customers 10
Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 7
Look at the instructions title and layout then readquickly through the questions
Remember that the information you need may not be inthe same order as the questions
Be careful with words that only seem to say the same asa particular question but in fact mean something quitedifferent
1 2 3
4
1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 519
11READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1
When you have finished make sure you have answeredall ten questions
Exam tip
Adjectives ending in -ed and -ing
6 Find these words in the text and complete the rules with-ed and -ing
exhausted fascinating (A) interesting challenging (B)
refreshed distracted (C) tired irritating (D)
1 We use adjectives with to describe how
somebody feels about something
2 We use adjectives with to describe the thing
or person which causes the feeling
7 Complete these sentences with -ing and -ed adjectives
formed from the verbs in brackets Then answer the
questions about yourself
1 At what time of day do you feel most (relax)2 Whatrsquos the most (amuse) film yoursquove ever
seen
3 When do you sometimes feel a little (worry)4 Whatrsquos the most (depress) news item yoursquove
heard recently
5 When do you feel most (motivate) to study6 Are you (terrify) of anything such as spiders
or heights
7 Whatrsquos the most (astonish) story yoursquove ever
heard
8 Whatrsquos the most (puzzle) thing about the
English language
8 Compare a typical day in your life with those of the fourpeople in the text What are the different times in your
day like and how do you feel Use words from Exercises 6and 7
B For Assistant Sales Manager Julia Anderson eachday begins at 630 am with a quick shower a fewminutes to get ready and then a dash to the station tocatch the 715 into Manhattan By eight orsquoclock shersquosat her workstation lsquoI need to be there then before thesalespeople start arriving I spend the rest of the morningin meetings and dealing with client queries whichfor me is one of the most interesting challenging andworthwhile aspects of the job Then itrsquos out for a quicklunch ndash my first meal of the day ndash and back to workat 1 pm followed by more of the same up to 5 pmThatrsquos how things are here you have to keep to a tightschedule At first I found working here pretty stressful butIrsquom used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother mersquo
C Website Designer Oliver McShane works at home andunsurprisingly is a late riser lsquorolling out of bedrsquo as he
puts it lsquoat 9 amrsquo Switching on his laptop his first task isto answer any early-morning emails and then he carrieson from where he left off the previous evening lsquoIf I havea creative peakrsquo he says lsquothatrsquos when it is and it takesme a while to get going again the next day WheneverIrsquove stayed up working very late I make up for it byhaving a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then whenI wake up I feel refreshed and ready for another longworking session Occasionally I pack my laptop and sitin a cafeacute for a while although I can get distracted fromwork if I run into someone I knowrsquo
D Anita Ramos is a Tourist Guide who works morningsand evenings lsquoItrsquos just too hot to walk around the cityin the afternoonrsquo she says lsquoso I spend it at homeItrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but Ihavenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired thenbecause I donrsquot get up particularly early When I do Iusually skip breakfast though sometimes I have cerealor something Then itrsquos off to the office before headingdowntown to wherever Irsquom meeting the first group I takefour or five groups out before lunch and Irsquom supposed tofinish around 2 pm though there always seems to besomeone in the last group who asks lots of questionswhich can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaidovertime It also means I risk missing the 215 train homersquo
livesDifferent A University student Jake Harris is in his first year
lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen Irsquom outof bed by 745 If therersquos time I have some tea andtoast then set off I used to aim for the 825 train butI kept missing it so nowadays I do the uphill walk intotown which wakes me up and enables me to plan whatIrsquom going to do in the morning and afternoon From ninetill one itrsquos lessons and a group activity with a quickbreak at eleven to grab something to keep me going tilllunch The afternoon is similar to the morning really Afterthat I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as Ishould Once I get home I work for a few hours and laterndash if Irsquom not feeling too exhausted ndash I go out with friends
Irsquove met some fascinating people herersquo
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 619
12 UNIT 1 SPEAKING
Part 11 In Part 1 the examiner may ask you questions like these
What are they about Which verb tense would you mainlyuse to reply
1 Where are you from
2 What do you like about living there
3 Tell me a little about your family4 Which time of the year is your favourite Why
5 What do you enjoy doing when you are on holiday
6 What do you use the Internet for
2 In pairs read this example conversation from Part 1
What is wrong with Nicorsquos and Lenarsquos replies (1ndash6)Correct two mistakes Then study the Quick steps for waysof improving the other four replies
Examiner Is your routine at weekends different fromyour daily routine in the week
Nico (1) Yes
Examiner In what ways
Nico (2) I am staying in bed later of course I go
out with friends after lunchExaminer And what about your routine at weekends
Lena Is it different from your daily routine
Lena (3) Not really I have to get up at about the
same time
Examiner WhyLena (4) Well I have a job in a shop and Irsquom going
to work early Itrsquos a long way from my house
And I arrive home late every day
Examiner Now tell me Nico How often do you read
newspapers or magazines
Nico (5) RepeatExaminer How often do you read newspapersNico (6) Not often I donrsquot like them much
3 Lena says I arrive home late every day Look at theseexpressions and answer the questions
every hour or so from time to time most weekends
five times a week hardly ever now and then
1 Where do frequency expressions like every day go in
the sentence
2 Which one means lsquoalmost neverrsquo
3 Which two mean lsquooccasionallyrsquo
Page 97
Use as wide a range of grammar and vocabulary as you can
Exam tip
4 Work with a different partner Ask and answer theexaminerrsquos questions in Exercises 1 and 2
5 How well did you answer the Part 1 questions How goodwere your partnerrsquos answers Tell each other what youthink
Character adjectives
6 Find out what kind of person your partner is by asking
them questions 1ndash12 Give examples using expressionslike now and then and nearly always in your replies
What are you like 1 Do you think about what other people need or want
2 Do you usually expect good things to happen
3 Do you behave in a way that is silly and not adult
4 Do you like telling other people what to do
5 Are you good at dealing with problems
6 Do you get annoyed if things happen too slowly
7 Do you want to be very successful in life
8 Are you easily upset and do you know when others
are upset 9 Do you find it easy to make up your mind quickly
10 Do you do things that nobody expects
11 Are you sensible and fair with other people
12 Do you find it difficult to plan things well
7 Match the adjectives with questions 1ndash12 Do you thinkthey describe your character correctly Then use some ofthese adjectives to say what you think each person in thepictures might be like
ambitious bossy childish decisive disorganised
impatient optimistic practical reasonable sensitive
thoughtful unpredictable
Quick steps to Speaking Part 1
Be friendly to the examiners and to the other candidate
Donrsquot just reply yes no or I donrsquot know Give reasons
(because hellip so hellip) or examples (such as hellip like hellip) You can politely ask the examiner to repeat a question
Ask Pardon Could you say that again please Sorry
1 SPEAKING
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 719
13READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1
Forming adjectives1 Underline these prefixes and suffixes in the
words in Speaking Exercise 7 One word hasboth a prefix and a suffix
-able -al dis- -ful -ic im- -ish
-itive -ive -ous un- -y
2 Form character adjectives from these wordswith the prefixes and suffixes in Exercise 1Be careful with spelling changes
adventure aggression anxiety artistcaution cheek compete emotion
energy enthusiasm fool greed help
honest pessimist polite popular rely
respect sympathy
Part 3
3 Correct the mistakes in thesesentences written by exam candidates
1 You were a charmful host as always
2 Joey can be quite rude and unpolite3 I think that going to work or to school by
bike is very healthful4 We really enjoyed the festival in spite of
the disorganising programme
5 Irsquom helpful and sociality so Irsquod like a job
working with people
6 Sometimes shopping can be a stressing
experience
4 Complete the sentences with the correctform of the words in brackets In each caseadd a prefix andor a suffix
1 Amelia thinks shersquoll win and her family arequite (optimism) too
2 Question 9 in the quiz was quite
(challenge) but I got it right3 The team has lost every game so their
fans are feeling (depress)
4 The staff disliked the boss and they were
(sympathy) when he lost
his job
5 It was a hot day but Chloe felt
(refresh) after having a coolshower
6 People seem (enthusiasm)
about the TV show Few are watching it
5
Look at the exam task Answer these questions1 How many gaps are there in the text
2 What do you have to put in each of them
3 Does this task mainly test grammar or vocabulary
6 Quickly read the text ignoring the gaps for now What is the purposeof the text What is each paragraph about
7 Look at the example (0) Answer the questions Then do the exam task
1 What kind of word probably goes between the and thing
2 Does it describe how someone feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
4 If this suffix begins with a vowel how does fascinate change
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals at theend of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same lineThere is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 FASCINATING
Same family different people
The three children grew up in the same home but for friends of
the family the (0) thing is that now as young adults
they all have very different (1)
Grace 23 always has to be busy Ever since she was a young girl
she has been highly (2) to succeed and now that
she is working in a business environment she makes no secret of
how (3) she is her aim is to be Managing Director
before she is 30
Whereas Grace can sometimes appear rather (4)
even cold her 21-year-old sister Evie can be quite(5) to what others say particularly if their
comments are unfair But she is always kind to her friends and
(6) whenever anyone wants to talk about their
problems
Daniel just 19 is the (7) one Hersquos mad about
sports like rock climbing snowboarding and motorcycling
He takes too many risks and he gives his family some
(8) moments but somehow he always manages to
get home safely
FASCINATE
PERSONAL
MOTIVATE
AMBITION
EMOTION
SENSE
SYMPATHY
ADVENTURE
ANXIETY
Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 3
Read the text quickly to find out its purpose and main points
Look at each word in capitals then the words next to the gap Do youneed a noun an adjec tive or another part of speech
Does the word in capitals need more than one change
1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 819
14 UNIT 1 WRITING
Part 2 informal letter1 Look at the exam task and answer these
questions
1 Who has written to you
2 What does this person want you to do
3 What style is the extract from the letter
written in Find examples of the following a contrac ted forms eg Irsquom
b short common words eg got
c simple linking words eg because
d informal punctuation eg dash (ndash)
e friendly expressions eg tell me
Exam task
This is part of an email from an English friendAlex
Write your email to Alex in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
P age 90 2
Read the model letter and answer these questions1 Is Lydiarsquos letter the right length2 Has she made any language mistakes3 How does she open and close her message
4 What does she talk about in her introduction and conclusion
5 Does she answer all of Alexrsquos questions In which main paragraphs
6 What examples of informal language can you find
7 What character adjectives does she use8 Which phrases of hers might be particularly useful when you write
other letters
3 Think about these questions and note down some ideas for your ownletter to Alex
1 What does friendship mean to you
2 How often do you see your friends3 Who are you going to write about4 How long have you known each other
5 Which character adjectives best descr ibe your friend
4 Make a plan for your letter Put your best ideas from Exercise 3 underthese headings 1 Friends in general 2 Best friend who 3 Best friend why Then add some details such as the personrsquos age or job You couldput the points under each heading into main paragraphs 1 2 and 3
5 Write your letter When you have finished check it for the following
correct length
all the content asked for in the instructions
good organisation into paragraphs
correct grammar spelling and punctuation suitable style of language
Dear Alex
Many thanks for your message It was great to hear from youThe first thing I want to say is that I completely agree with you about friends I see some of
mine almost every day and I really miss them when theyrsquore away
My closest friend is Nicole whorsquos also a student is the same age as me and lives just
down the road Wersquove been best mates for many years and we tell each other everything
but I think wersquove got quite dif ferent personalities
For instance I can be a bit indecisive at times but shersquos very practical and gets everything
done quickly Shersquos not bossy though In fact shersquos really thoughtful Whenever I get upset
shersquos always sympathetic and then she finds a way to cheer me up ndash shersquos got a wonderful
sense of humour
I hope one day you can get to know her and that I have the chance to meet your friends
too Please tell me more about them in your next letter Write soon
Best wishesLydia
Irsquom lucky because Irsquove got really good friends ndash especially
those Irsquove known since I was a kid I donrsquot know what Irsquod
do without them So tell me how important are friends to
you Whorsquos your best friend and what do you like about
him or her
Looking forward to hearing from you soon
Quick steps to writing a Part 2 informalletter
Look at the task including any text anddecide who you are writing to why andwhich points to include
Note down ideas and decide how manymain paragraphs you will need Then putyour ideas under paragraph headings
Begin Dear (friendrsquos first name) and thankthem for their last message
Keep to your plan and use informallanguage throughout
Close in a friendly way asking them to writeback End Lots of love Best wishes etc
Make sure you leave enough time at the end to check your letter formistakes
Exam tip
WRITING1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 919
See the CD-ROM for more practice
1
Complete the sentences with the presentsimple or present continuous form of theverbs in brackets
1 This summer I (stay) at the
seaside and I (work) in a
local shop in the mornings
2 My friends (usually eat) at
home but this evening they
(have) dinner in a restaurant
3 Hi I (wait) to get onto the
plane but there (seem) to be
a delay
4 The climate (change) all
the time and the temperatures here
(get) higher every year
5 Natalie (be) quite annoying
She (always complain) about
something
6 My grandparents (own)
a house in the village though they
(not live) there any more
7 This far north it (get)dark very early at this time of year so
I (think) of spending the
winter in Australia
2 Add a prefix or suffix to these words andcomplete the sentences
artist caution energy greed honest
pessimism polite
1 Martin always eats too much food Hersquos
really
2 Itrsquos to take things from a
shop without paying for them
3 The quality of these drawings and
paintings shows how
Alexia is
4 If someone helps you itrsquosnot to say lsquothank yoursquo
5 Paola is usually quite but
she doesnrsquot feel like doing sports today
6 Jerry likes to take risks but his brother
Anton is a much more boy
7 Irsquom sorry to be so but I just
know wersquore going to lose this game
3
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets1 Terry is quite (predict) You never know what hersquos going
to do next
2 I thanked my friends for being so (sympathy) when Ihad to go into hospital
3 Itrsquos (reason) to expect people to do all your work for
you
4 Going up that mountain is quite (challenge) even for
an expert climber
5 It was (thought) of you to remember my motherrsquos
birthday
6 To succeed in business you have to be (decision) and
not keep changing your mind
4 Read the text below Use the word given in capitals at the end of someof the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line
In the morning I normally take the underground At
that time of day itrsquos crowded you have to stand and itrsquos
certainly not a (1) way to travel But the
service is quick frequent and (2) which
makes it by far the most (3) way to get
across the city in the rush hour
Occasionally though I travel into town in a friendrsquos car
to go shopping and quite honestly I often 1047297nd it an
absolutely (4) experience Every time we
get onto the ring road Irsquom (5) by the waypeople behave when they drive a car Some are extremely
(6) driving straight at you to make you
get out of their way while others are (7)
trying to have races with other drivers all the time They
just seem (8) to me
What I 1047297nd most (9) about this is the
fact that by the time they actually get to their of1047297ces
theyrsquore probably too (10) to do a proper
dayrsquos work
RELAX
RELY
PRACTICE
TERRIFY
ASTONISH
AGGRESSION
COMPETE
CHILD
PUZZLE
EXHAUST
REVISION UNIT 1 15
REVISION1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019
8 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present
simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y
READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading
studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas
planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script
SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples
ListeningPart 1
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo
discussion time Then ask students for their overall
1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance
between workstudy and relaxation
Optional activity
Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that
students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the
following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already
know them
1 How many extracts will you hear
2 Is there any connection between the extracts
3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence
about each speaker and situation
4 Do you both read and hear each question
Answers
1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no
2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in
Exercise 3 Check the answers
Answers
1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street
2 the focus is place
3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in
Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within
the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this
task type there are always two distractors for each question
Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A
and B are wrong then elicit the answers
Answers
C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the
people who live there are not at home and by the look of the
place indicates that the reporter is outside the house
B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury
hotel in the city centre so he is not there
A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about
someone else (the TV crews )
4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory
sentence and question of each item not the options If they
1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on
the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and
suggest that students ask themselves these questions every
time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to
work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone
as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording
through without pausing
Answers
2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus
feelingsattitude
3 one female making a phone call focus purpose
4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason
5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus
person
6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos
doing
7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home
8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something
focus feelings
Recording script
You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio
Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem
clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here
2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day
The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work
Yourself and others
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119
Unit 1 Yourself and others 9
3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone
Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days
4 You hear a man talking about reading books
Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids
5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort
Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside
Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff
Man Really Is it that bad
Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do
Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening
everywhere round here
6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy
I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy
7 You hear a woman talking about her home
Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move
back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other
And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too
8 You overhear two people talking about finding something
Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now
Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day
Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it
Man No Where was it
Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours
Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that
Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it
Exam task answers
2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B
5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect
answers as this may not be the case in other exams they
have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go
through the answers
GrammarReview of present tenses
1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty
of time to match the extracts then check the answers If
yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that
3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit
or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs
Answers
1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e
2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If
there is time you may want to ask the class why they think
each mistake has been made
Answers
1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting
5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing
3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1
If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is
a stative verb
Answers
1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)
2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)
3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)
4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)
5 belongs (stative verb)
6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)
8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)
Present simple in time clauses
4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these
clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts
we are using the present simple with future meaning as in
1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some
more examples with a variety of time expressions such as
before after or until
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219
10 Unit 1 Yourself and others
5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer
any questions about this Then give students about 20
minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in
exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in
the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and
elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time
also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to
missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)
Exam task answers
1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B
Underlining
A
(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen
(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and
enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning
and afternoon
(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I
should
B
(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715
(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the
most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of
the job
(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom
used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me
C
(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he
says lsquothatrsquos when it is
(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I
wake up
D
(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I
havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime
Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
6 Give students time to study the context of each word and
work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of
the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging
refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le
Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing
adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further
examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring
Answers
1 -ed 2 -ing
7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word
Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this
unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal
e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done
individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the
questions using the words given Check answers to the
sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some
answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each
adjective
Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2
level by English Pro1047297le
Answers
yes present simple
5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go
through the answers
Answers
1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start
5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get
6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to
write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit
some answers for each question
Suggested answers
1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money
4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework
Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time
for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos
The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text
but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra
reason for reading later on
2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions
the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text
layout Then check the answers
Answers
1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives
4 which person does or thinks particular things
5 ten 6 yes
3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the
answers to the two questions Then check the answers
Answers
1 B Assistant Sales Manager
2 A University student
3 C Website Designer
4 D Tour Guide
earliest B latest C
4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words
or sentences in the text which appear to give the right
answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises
awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers
once students have had enough time to study the three
highlighted parts
Answers
B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot
have eaten breakfast
A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he
never has breakfast
D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she
sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319
Unit 1 Yourself and others 11
Answers
1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated
6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling
8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as
many -ing -ed adjectives as they can
SpeakingPart 1
Optional activity
Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You
could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd
the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot
already know them
1 How many examiners are there
2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there
4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1
Answers
1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be
three 4 no
1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions
about future plans and ambitions and that these will be
practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that
candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while
the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose
from
Answers
1 your town
2 what you like about your town
3 your family
4 your favourite season and why
5 what you like doing on holiday
6 what you use the Internet for
(all questions are about you)
You would use the present simple to reply although in some
cases you may also need to use the present continuous for
example to say a relative is studying abroad
2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this
activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both
incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on
this then elicit the answers
Suggested answers
1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what
ways but he could have done this without being prompted
2 The verb form should be I stay
3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after
the examiner asks why without being prompted
4 The verb form should be I go
5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please
6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could
say something like because therersquos too much in them about
politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to
3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency
adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go
before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question
then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer
the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes
Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading
and Use of English and other parts of the exam
Answers
1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)
2 hardly ever
3 from time to time now and then
4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot
know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker
Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary
5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments
about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own
performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any
particular dif1047297culties
Character adjectives
6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo
or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their
personality Give students a couple of minutes each to
answer
7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English
Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have
any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right
answers They then compare their impressions of each other
using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful
not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always
bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they
do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit
answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use
modals such as could might and may to speculate about the
character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers
and point out that the language used in this activity is useful
practice for Writing later in this unit
Answers
1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical
6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive
10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised
Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives
1 Get students to note down the words and then underline
them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make
sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to
elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out
that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419
12 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Answers
reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised
thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive
ambitious unpredictable bossy
2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we
drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage
the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling
Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg
unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers
possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more
adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also
their opposites
Answers
(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky
competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish
greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic
Optional activity
Encourage discussion about whether some of these
adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics
pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious
the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class
making sure that all the words are understood
Suggested answers
lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite
reliable sympathetic
lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful
unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish
greedy dishonest impolite unpopular
lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive
emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or
negative in certain circumstances
Part 3
3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit
though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit
answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask
what students think the most common mistakes are by
speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)
Answers
1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable
6 stressful
4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and
suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the
base words although they will have to be careful which
form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may
be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level
version of Word Formation although of course in the exam
it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives
requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers
once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling
Answers
1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic
5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic
5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals
are laid out Then go through the answers
Answers
1 eight
2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the
same line
3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)
6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and
advise students to do this every time they do a Word
Formation task Explain that some answers may require
an understanding of more than one sentence or the
text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any
comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text
but not the detail
Answers
The purpose of the text is to show how different people from
the same family can be
paragraph 1 to introduce the topic
paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters
paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter
paragraph 4 to describe the son
7 Explain that students should look at the example and its
context every time they begin a Word Formation task as
this will give them an introduction to the text and also
remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class
Answers
1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)
3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e
Point out that students have already seen some form or
other of all the target words in this exam task You may
also want to give some clues or further tips before they
begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms
Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their
own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to
make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters
Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay
particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8
Exam task answers
1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional
5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519
Unit 1 Yourself and others 13
WritingPart 2 informal letter
1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit
the answers
Answers
1 an English friend Alex
2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your
best friend is what you like about him or her
3 informal
a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and
d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you
2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and
answer the questions Elicit the answers
Answers
1 yes
2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes
4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and
comments on this
Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write
back soon and give her more information
5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph
who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a
description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main
paragraph
6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road
mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted
forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly
expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon
7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic
8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always
cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc
3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to
the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best
done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo
answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work
and make suggestions where necessary especially for
question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers
4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief
notes
5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their
answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they
have already studied the task and planned their work Tell
students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of
each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to
these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2
tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity
although of course this will not be possible in the exam
itself
Model answer
Hi Alex
Itrsquos always great to hear from you
Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it
My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together
really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best
mate ever since
Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same
age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both
crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming
Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a
little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on
to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos
a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Enrique
Revision
1 Answers
1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working
2 usually eat rsquoreare having
3 rsquomam waiting seems
4 is changing are getting
5 is rsquosis always complaining
6 own donrsquot live
7 gets rsquomam thinking
2 Answers
1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic
6 cautious 7 pessimistic
3 Answers
1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable
4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive
4 Answers
1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying
5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish
9 puzzling 10 exhausted
Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619
Part 7
Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions
1 Whatrsquos the text about
2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there
Now do the exam task
Exam task
You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
earns less money than theirfriend
1
says the two of them did not likeeach other at first
2
denies that their friend is bossy 3
has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos
4
once fell out with their friend 5
shares a hobby with their friend 6
says their friend has a goodsense of humour
7
describes their friend as rather
shy
8
has a friend who is veryoptimistic
9
has a very ambitious friend 10
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen
lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in
the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually
know each other until we both took up horse riding something we
still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between
them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always
expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite
Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though
of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing
can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo
B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing
summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another
part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and
chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in
town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can
travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I
could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that
hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer
to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-
walking and readingrsquo
C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family
environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the
same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet
perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be
withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to
tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to
make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt
a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was
in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was
annoyedrsquo
D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three
years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand
to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I
realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly
when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you
get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always
has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I
often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she
lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to
the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo
4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Yourself and others1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719
5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
Grammar
Present tenses
1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous
1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my
favourite sport
2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll
arrive at 930
3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours
at work
5 When you will receive my letter please tell
Mary about this
6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he
never calls me
7 Nowadays it becomes more and more
important to have a good education
8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I
get home
9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job
10 They are the kind of people who are driving
to work every day in big cars
2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once
end get hear own rise see take try
1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road
bridge is closed
2 It harder to find a job and youth
unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term
Irsquom going away on holiday
4 Her parents are very rich They
homes in both London and New York
5 I Marcos later this evening
when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I
to sleep
7 In every part of the world the sun
in the east
8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I
the alarm clock
LISTENINGPart 1
Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many speakers will you hear
2 Will they be female or male voices
3 What is the situation
4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question
02 Now listen and do the exam task
Exam task
You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom
What does she like about it
A the way it is decorated
B the furniture in it C its size and shape
2 You overhear a conversation on a bus
Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work
3 You hear a man talking on the phone
Why is he calling
A to apologise B to ask for information
C to complain
4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman
What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars
C She hires out motorcycles
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819
6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Part 3
1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the
correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case
1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk
to you
2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are
always stressy (stress) when you do that job
3 These are my recommendations for the
most attraction (attract) places in my town
4 Suddenly I heard something strange near
the door I was terrorised (terrify)
5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)
6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear
that Marta was the winner
7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people
8 Staying at your house next week will be
really enjoyful (enjoy)
9 That festival was a completely
unorganised (organise) and dull event
10 There are some interesting and
impressing (impress) museums in this city
2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions
1 What kind of word goes between the
superlative form the most and the noun
features
2 Does this word describe how someone
feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
Now do the exam task
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 SURPRISING
Staying safe online
One of the most (0) features of the
computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other
Whereas a generation ago children would go home
after a (1) day at school and watch TV
nowadays they are likely to do something much more
(2) such as chat online with their
friends
Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What
some parents find rather (4) however is
how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have
never actually met and also the amount of information
that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see
Parents are right to be (6) but with
many children spending hours a day online it is simply
(7) for adults constantly to watch over
them All they can do is advise them to be extremely
(8) about contact with strangers and to
warn them not to put personal information such as their
phone number or home address online
SURPRISE
TIRE
SOCIETY
INCREASE
WORRY
ENTHUSIASM
ANXIETY
PRACTICE
CAUTION
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919
3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives
WRITINGPart 2 informal letter
1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions
1 Who has written to you
2 Who do they want to know about
3 What examples of informal language can
you find
Exam task
Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend
Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions
1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second
paragraph to form two shorter
paragraphs
3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal
style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the
letter
a a comparative
b a verb tense c an article
d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you
use in your letter
Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me
wersquore good friends most of the time
So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot
ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her
Hope to hear from you soon
Hi Sam
Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you
Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually
a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the
same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on
really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the
same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other
most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common
For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that
hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so
enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can
also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos
always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Matteo
7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 419
10 UNIT 1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
Part 7
1 Look at photos 1ndash4 What do you think a typical day is l ike
for each person Think about
when they do things like having meals
where they go and how they travel
who they see what they do to relax
how they feel at various times of the day
2 Look at the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many people are there2 Is it one text in sections or is it several short texts
3 Whatrsquos the topic
4 What must you find (eg Which place hellip )
5 How many questions are there6 Can you use letters A B C and D several times each
3 Look quickly at the text and match parts AndashD with photos1ndash4 Which person starts working earliest Who finisheslatest
4 Look at this Part 7 example question and the underlinedwords in the text There are references to this in parts AB and D Why is B right Why are A and D wrong
ExampleWhich person never has breakfast B
5 Do the exam task Underline the words or sentences that tell
you the right answers
Exam task
You are going to read an article about four peoplersquos daily livesFor questions 1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
sometimes sleeps in the early afternoon 1
thinks they ought to do more frequent exercise 2
says they have their best ideas late in their
working day
3
has to hurry to catch the train to work 4
does not always get up at the same time every
day5
dislikes working later than they should do 6
believes exercise helps them prepare for the day
ahead
7
is now more relaxed at work 8
chooses not to follow local tradition 9
enjoys answering questions from customers 10
Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 7
Look at the instructions title and layout then readquickly through the questions
Remember that the information you need may not be inthe same order as the questions
Be careful with words that only seem to say the same asa particular question but in fact mean something quitedifferent
1 2 3
4
1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 519
11READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1
When you have finished make sure you have answeredall ten questions
Exam tip
Adjectives ending in -ed and -ing
6 Find these words in the text and complete the rules with-ed and -ing
exhausted fascinating (A) interesting challenging (B)
refreshed distracted (C) tired irritating (D)
1 We use adjectives with to describe how
somebody feels about something
2 We use adjectives with to describe the thing
or person which causes the feeling
7 Complete these sentences with -ing and -ed adjectives
formed from the verbs in brackets Then answer the
questions about yourself
1 At what time of day do you feel most (relax)2 Whatrsquos the most (amuse) film yoursquove ever
seen
3 When do you sometimes feel a little (worry)4 Whatrsquos the most (depress) news item yoursquove
heard recently
5 When do you feel most (motivate) to study6 Are you (terrify) of anything such as spiders
or heights
7 Whatrsquos the most (astonish) story yoursquove ever
heard
8 Whatrsquos the most (puzzle) thing about the
English language
8 Compare a typical day in your life with those of the fourpeople in the text What are the different times in your
day like and how do you feel Use words from Exercises 6and 7
B For Assistant Sales Manager Julia Anderson eachday begins at 630 am with a quick shower a fewminutes to get ready and then a dash to the station tocatch the 715 into Manhattan By eight orsquoclock shersquosat her workstation lsquoI need to be there then before thesalespeople start arriving I spend the rest of the morningin meetings and dealing with client queries whichfor me is one of the most interesting challenging andworthwhile aspects of the job Then itrsquos out for a quicklunch ndash my first meal of the day ndash and back to workat 1 pm followed by more of the same up to 5 pmThatrsquos how things are here you have to keep to a tightschedule At first I found working here pretty stressful butIrsquom used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother mersquo
C Website Designer Oliver McShane works at home andunsurprisingly is a late riser lsquorolling out of bedrsquo as he
puts it lsquoat 9 amrsquo Switching on his laptop his first task isto answer any early-morning emails and then he carrieson from where he left off the previous evening lsquoIf I havea creative peakrsquo he says lsquothatrsquos when it is and it takesme a while to get going again the next day WheneverIrsquove stayed up working very late I make up for it byhaving a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then whenI wake up I feel refreshed and ready for another longworking session Occasionally I pack my laptop and sitin a cafeacute for a while although I can get distracted fromwork if I run into someone I knowrsquo
D Anita Ramos is a Tourist Guide who works morningsand evenings lsquoItrsquos just too hot to walk around the cityin the afternoonrsquo she says lsquoso I spend it at homeItrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but Ihavenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired thenbecause I donrsquot get up particularly early When I do Iusually skip breakfast though sometimes I have cerealor something Then itrsquos off to the office before headingdowntown to wherever Irsquom meeting the first group I takefour or five groups out before lunch and Irsquom supposed tofinish around 2 pm though there always seems to besomeone in the last group who asks lots of questionswhich can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaidovertime It also means I risk missing the 215 train homersquo
livesDifferent A University student Jake Harris is in his first year
lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen Irsquom outof bed by 745 If therersquos time I have some tea andtoast then set off I used to aim for the 825 train butI kept missing it so nowadays I do the uphill walk intotown which wakes me up and enables me to plan whatIrsquom going to do in the morning and afternoon From ninetill one itrsquos lessons and a group activity with a quickbreak at eleven to grab something to keep me going tilllunch The afternoon is similar to the morning really Afterthat I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as Ishould Once I get home I work for a few hours and laterndash if Irsquom not feeling too exhausted ndash I go out with friends
Irsquove met some fascinating people herersquo
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 619
12 UNIT 1 SPEAKING
Part 11 In Part 1 the examiner may ask you questions like these
What are they about Which verb tense would you mainlyuse to reply
1 Where are you from
2 What do you like about living there
3 Tell me a little about your family4 Which time of the year is your favourite Why
5 What do you enjoy doing when you are on holiday
6 What do you use the Internet for
2 In pairs read this example conversation from Part 1
What is wrong with Nicorsquos and Lenarsquos replies (1ndash6)Correct two mistakes Then study the Quick steps for waysof improving the other four replies
Examiner Is your routine at weekends different fromyour daily routine in the week
Nico (1) Yes
Examiner In what ways
Nico (2) I am staying in bed later of course I go
out with friends after lunchExaminer And what about your routine at weekends
Lena Is it different from your daily routine
Lena (3) Not really I have to get up at about the
same time
Examiner WhyLena (4) Well I have a job in a shop and Irsquom going
to work early Itrsquos a long way from my house
And I arrive home late every day
Examiner Now tell me Nico How often do you read
newspapers or magazines
Nico (5) RepeatExaminer How often do you read newspapersNico (6) Not often I donrsquot like them much
3 Lena says I arrive home late every day Look at theseexpressions and answer the questions
every hour or so from time to time most weekends
five times a week hardly ever now and then
1 Where do frequency expressions like every day go in
the sentence
2 Which one means lsquoalmost neverrsquo
3 Which two mean lsquooccasionallyrsquo
Page 97
Use as wide a range of grammar and vocabulary as you can
Exam tip
4 Work with a different partner Ask and answer theexaminerrsquos questions in Exercises 1 and 2
5 How well did you answer the Part 1 questions How goodwere your partnerrsquos answers Tell each other what youthink
Character adjectives
6 Find out what kind of person your partner is by asking
them questions 1ndash12 Give examples using expressionslike now and then and nearly always in your replies
What are you like 1 Do you think about what other people need or want
2 Do you usually expect good things to happen
3 Do you behave in a way that is silly and not adult
4 Do you like telling other people what to do
5 Are you good at dealing with problems
6 Do you get annoyed if things happen too slowly
7 Do you want to be very successful in life
8 Are you easily upset and do you know when others
are upset 9 Do you find it easy to make up your mind quickly
10 Do you do things that nobody expects
11 Are you sensible and fair with other people
12 Do you find it difficult to plan things well
7 Match the adjectives with questions 1ndash12 Do you thinkthey describe your character correctly Then use some ofthese adjectives to say what you think each person in thepictures might be like
ambitious bossy childish decisive disorganised
impatient optimistic practical reasonable sensitive
thoughtful unpredictable
Quick steps to Speaking Part 1
Be friendly to the examiners and to the other candidate
Donrsquot just reply yes no or I donrsquot know Give reasons
(because hellip so hellip) or examples (such as hellip like hellip) You can politely ask the examiner to repeat a question
Ask Pardon Could you say that again please Sorry
1 SPEAKING
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 719
13READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1
Forming adjectives1 Underline these prefixes and suffixes in the
words in Speaking Exercise 7 One word hasboth a prefix and a suffix
-able -al dis- -ful -ic im- -ish
-itive -ive -ous un- -y
2 Form character adjectives from these wordswith the prefixes and suffixes in Exercise 1Be careful with spelling changes
adventure aggression anxiety artistcaution cheek compete emotion
energy enthusiasm fool greed help
honest pessimist polite popular rely
respect sympathy
Part 3
3 Correct the mistakes in thesesentences written by exam candidates
1 You were a charmful host as always
2 Joey can be quite rude and unpolite3 I think that going to work or to school by
bike is very healthful4 We really enjoyed the festival in spite of
the disorganising programme
5 Irsquom helpful and sociality so Irsquod like a job
working with people
6 Sometimes shopping can be a stressing
experience
4 Complete the sentences with the correctform of the words in brackets In each caseadd a prefix andor a suffix
1 Amelia thinks shersquoll win and her family arequite (optimism) too
2 Question 9 in the quiz was quite
(challenge) but I got it right3 The team has lost every game so their
fans are feeling (depress)
4 The staff disliked the boss and they were
(sympathy) when he lost
his job
5 It was a hot day but Chloe felt
(refresh) after having a coolshower
6 People seem (enthusiasm)
about the TV show Few are watching it
5
Look at the exam task Answer these questions1 How many gaps are there in the text
2 What do you have to put in each of them
3 Does this task mainly test grammar or vocabulary
6 Quickly read the text ignoring the gaps for now What is the purposeof the text What is each paragraph about
7 Look at the example (0) Answer the questions Then do the exam task
1 What kind of word probably goes between the and thing
2 Does it describe how someone feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
4 If this suffix begins with a vowel how does fascinate change
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals at theend of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same lineThere is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 FASCINATING
Same family different people
The three children grew up in the same home but for friends of
the family the (0) thing is that now as young adults
they all have very different (1)
Grace 23 always has to be busy Ever since she was a young girl
she has been highly (2) to succeed and now that
she is working in a business environment she makes no secret of
how (3) she is her aim is to be Managing Director
before she is 30
Whereas Grace can sometimes appear rather (4)
even cold her 21-year-old sister Evie can be quite(5) to what others say particularly if their
comments are unfair But she is always kind to her friends and
(6) whenever anyone wants to talk about their
problems
Daniel just 19 is the (7) one Hersquos mad about
sports like rock climbing snowboarding and motorcycling
He takes too many risks and he gives his family some
(8) moments but somehow he always manages to
get home safely
FASCINATE
PERSONAL
MOTIVATE
AMBITION
EMOTION
SENSE
SYMPATHY
ADVENTURE
ANXIETY
Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 3
Read the text quickly to find out its purpose and main points
Look at each word in capitals then the words next to the gap Do youneed a noun an adjec tive or another part of speech
Does the word in capitals need more than one change
1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 819
14 UNIT 1 WRITING
Part 2 informal letter1 Look at the exam task and answer these
questions
1 Who has written to you
2 What does this person want you to do
3 What style is the extract from the letter
written in Find examples of the following a contrac ted forms eg Irsquom
b short common words eg got
c simple linking words eg because
d informal punctuation eg dash (ndash)
e friendly expressions eg tell me
Exam task
This is part of an email from an English friendAlex
Write your email to Alex in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
P age 90 2
Read the model letter and answer these questions1 Is Lydiarsquos letter the right length2 Has she made any language mistakes3 How does she open and close her message
4 What does she talk about in her introduction and conclusion
5 Does she answer all of Alexrsquos questions In which main paragraphs
6 What examples of informal language can you find
7 What character adjectives does she use8 Which phrases of hers might be particularly useful when you write
other letters
3 Think about these questions and note down some ideas for your ownletter to Alex
1 What does friendship mean to you
2 How often do you see your friends3 Who are you going to write about4 How long have you known each other
5 Which character adjectives best descr ibe your friend
4 Make a plan for your letter Put your best ideas from Exercise 3 underthese headings 1 Friends in general 2 Best friend who 3 Best friend why Then add some details such as the personrsquos age or job You couldput the points under each heading into main paragraphs 1 2 and 3
5 Write your letter When you have finished check it for the following
correct length
all the content asked for in the instructions
good organisation into paragraphs
correct grammar spelling and punctuation suitable style of language
Dear Alex
Many thanks for your message It was great to hear from youThe first thing I want to say is that I completely agree with you about friends I see some of
mine almost every day and I really miss them when theyrsquore away
My closest friend is Nicole whorsquos also a student is the same age as me and lives just
down the road Wersquove been best mates for many years and we tell each other everything
but I think wersquove got quite dif ferent personalities
For instance I can be a bit indecisive at times but shersquos very practical and gets everything
done quickly Shersquos not bossy though In fact shersquos really thoughtful Whenever I get upset
shersquos always sympathetic and then she finds a way to cheer me up ndash shersquos got a wonderful
sense of humour
I hope one day you can get to know her and that I have the chance to meet your friends
too Please tell me more about them in your next letter Write soon
Best wishesLydia
Irsquom lucky because Irsquove got really good friends ndash especially
those Irsquove known since I was a kid I donrsquot know what Irsquod
do without them So tell me how important are friends to
you Whorsquos your best friend and what do you like about
him or her
Looking forward to hearing from you soon
Quick steps to writing a Part 2 informalletter
Look at the task including any text anddecide who you are writing to why andwhich points to include
Note down ideas and decide how manymain paragraphs you will need Then putyour ideas under paragraph headings
Begin Dear (friendrsquos first name) and thankthem for their last message
Keep to your plan and use informallanguage throughout
Close in a friendly way asking them to writeback End Lots of love Best wishes etc
Make sure you leave enough time at the end to check your letter formistakes
Exam tip
WRITING1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 919
See the CD-ROM for more practice
1
Complete the sentences with the presentsimple or present continuous form of theverbs in brackets
1 This summer I (stay) at the
seaside and I (work) in a
local shop in the mornings
2 My friends (usually eat) at
home but this evening they
(have) dinner in a restaurant
3 Hi I (wait) to get onto the
plane but there (seem) to be
a delay
4 The climate (change) all
the time and the temperatures here
(get) higher every year
5 Natalie (be) quite annoying
She (always complain) about
something
6 My grandparents (own)
a house in the village though they
(not live) there any more
7 This far north it (get)dark very early at this time of year so
I (think) of spending the
winter in Australia
2 Add a prefix or suffix to these words andcomplete the sentences
artist caution energy greed honest
pessimism polite
1 Martin always eats too much food Hersquos
really
2 Itrsquos to take things from a
shop without paying for them
3 The quality of these drawings and
paintings shows how
Alexia is
4 If someone helps you itrsquosnot to say lsquothank yoursquo
5 Paola is usually quite but
she doesnrsquot feel like doing sports today
6 Jerry likes to take risks but his brother
Anton is a much more boy
7 Irsquom sorry to be so but I just
know wersquore going to lose this game
3
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets1 Terry is quite (predict) You never know what hersquos going
to do next
2 I thanked my friends for being so (sympathy) when Ihad to go into hospital
3 Itrsquos (reason) to expect people to do all your work for
you
4 Going up that mountain is quite (challenge) even for
an expert climber
5 It was (thought) of you to remember my motherrsquos
birthday
6 To succeed in business you have to be (decision) and
not keep changing your mind
4 Read the text below Use the word given in capitals at the end of someof the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line
In the morning I normally take the underground At
that time of day itrsquos crowded you have to stand and itrsquos
certainly not a (1) way to travel But the
service is quick frequent and (2) which
makes it by far the most (3) way to get
across the city in the rush hour
Occasionally though I travel into town in a friendrsquos car
to go shopping and quite honestly I often 1047297nd it an
absolutely (4) experience Every time we
get onto the ring road Irsquom (5) by the waypeople behave when they drive a car Some are extremely
(6) driving straight at you to make you
get out of their way while others are (7)
trying to have races with other drivers all the time They
just seem (8) to me
What I 1047297nd most (9) about this is the
fact that by the time they actually get to their of1047297ces
theyrsquore probably too (10) to do a proper
dayrsquos work
RELAX
RELY
PRACTICE
TERRIFY
ASTONISH
AGGRESSION
COMPETE
CHILD
PUZZLE
EXHAUST
REVISION UNIT 1 15
REVISION1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019
8 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present
simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y
READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading
studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas
planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script
SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples
ListeningPart 1
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo
discussion time Then ask students for their overall
1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance
between workstudy and relaxation
Optional activity
Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that
students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the
following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already
know them
1 How many extracts will you hear
2 Is there any connection between the extracts
3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence
about each speaker and situation
4 Do you both read and hear each question
Answers
1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no
2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in
Exercise 3 Check the answers
Answers
1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street
2 the focus is place
3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in
Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within
the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this
task type there are always two distractors for each question
Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A
and B are wrong then elicit the answers
Answers
C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the
people who live there are not at home and by the look of the
place indicates that the reporter is outside the house
B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury
hotel in the city centre so he is not there
A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about
someone else (the TV crews )
4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory
sentence and question of each item not the options If they
1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on
the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and
suggest that students ask themselves these questions every
time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to
work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone
as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording
through without pausing
Answers
2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus
feelingsattitude
3 one female making a phone call focus purpose
4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason
5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus
person
6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos
doing
7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home
8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something
focus feelings
Recording script
You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio
Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem
clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here
2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day
The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work
Yourself and others
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119
Unit 1 Yourself and others 9
3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone
Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days
4 You hear a man talking about reading books
Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids
5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort
Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside
Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff
Man Really Is it that bad
Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do
Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening
everywhere round here
6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy
I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy
7 You hear a woman talking about her home
Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move
back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other
And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too
8 You overhear two people talking about finding something
Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now
Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day
Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it
Man No Where was it
Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours
Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that
Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it
Exam task answers
2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B
5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect
answers as this may not be the case in other exams they
have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go
through the answers
GrammarReview of present tenses
1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty
of time to match the extracts then check the answers If
yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that
3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit
or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs
Answers
1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e
2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If
there is time you may want to ask the class why they think
each mistake has been made
Answers
1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting
5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing
3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1
If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is
a stative verb
Answers
1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)
2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)
3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)
4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)
5 belongs (stative verb)
6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)
8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)
Present simple in time clauses
4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these
clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts
we are using the present simple with future meaning as in
1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some
more examples with a variety of time expressions such as
before after or until
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219
10 Unit 1 Yourself and others
5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer
any questions about this Then give students about 20
minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in
exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in
the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and
elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time
also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to
missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)
Exam task answers
1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B
Underlining
A
(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen
(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and
enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning
and afternoon
(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I
should
B
(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715
(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the
most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of
the job
(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom
used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me
C
(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he
says lsquothatrsquos when it is
(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I
wake up
D
(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I
havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime
Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
6 Give students time to study the context of each word and
work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of
the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging
refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le
Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing
adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further
examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring
Answers
1 -ed 2 -ing
7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word
Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this
unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal
e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done
individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the
questions using the words given Check answers to the
sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some
answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each
adjective
Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2
level by English Pro1047297le
Answers
yes present simple
5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go
through the answers
Answers
1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start
5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get
6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to
write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit
some answers for each question
Suggested answers
1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money
4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework
Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time
for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos
The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text
but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra
reason for reading later on
2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions
the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text
layout Then check the answers
Answers
1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives
4 which person does or thinks particular things
5 ten 6 yes
3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the
answers to the two questions Then check the answers
Answers
1 B Assistant Sales Manager
2 A University student
3 C Website Designer
4 D Tour Guide
earliest B latest C
4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words
or sentences in the text which appear to give the right
answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises
awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers
once students have had enough time to study the three
highlighted parts
Answers
B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot
have eaten breakfast
A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he
never has breakfast
D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she
sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319
Unit 1 Yourself and others 11
Answers
1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated
6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling
8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as
many -ing -ed adjectives as they can
SpeakingPart 1
Optional activity
Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You
could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd
the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot
already know them
1 How many examiners are there
2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there
4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1
Answers
1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be
three 4 no
1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions
about future plans and ambitions and that these will be
practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that
candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while
the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose
from
Answers
1 your town
2 what you like about your town
3 your family
4 your favourite season and why
5 what you like doing on holiday
6 what you use the Internet for
(all questions are about you)
You would use the present simple to reply although in some
cases you may also need to use the present continuous for
example to say a relative is studying abroad
2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this
activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both
incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on
this then elicit the answers
Suggested answers
1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what
ways but he could have done this without being prompted
2 The verb form should be I stay
3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after
the examiner asks why without being prompted
4 The verb form should be I go
5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please
6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could
say something like because therersquos too much in them about
politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to
3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency
adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go
before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question
then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer
the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes
Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading
and Use of English and other parts of the exam
Answers
1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)
2 hardly ever
3 from time to time now and then
4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot
know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker
Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary
5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments
about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own
performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any
particular dif1047297culties
Character adjectives
6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo
or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their
personality Give students a couple of minutes each to
answer
7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English
Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have
any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right
answers They then compare their impressions of each other
using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful
not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always
bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they
do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit
answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use
modals such as could might and may to speculate about the
character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers
and point out that the language used in this activity is useful
practice for Writing later in this unit
Answers
1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical
6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive
10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised
Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives
1 Get students to note down the words and then underline
them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make
sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to
elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out
that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419
12 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Answers
reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised
thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive
ambitious unpredictable bossy
2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we
drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage
the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling
Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg
unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers
possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more
adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also
their opposites
Answers
(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky
competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish
greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic
Optional activity
Encourage discussion about whether some of these
adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics
pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious
the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class
making sure that all the words are understood
Suggested answers
lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite
reliable sympathetic
lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful
unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish
greedy dishonest impolite unpopular
lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive
emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or
negative in certain circumstances
Part 3
3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit
though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit
answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask
what students think the most common mistakes are by
speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)
Answers
1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable
6 stressful
4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and
suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the
base words although they will have to be careful which
form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may
be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level
version of Word Formation although of course in the exam
it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives
requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers
once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling
Answers
1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic
5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic
5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals
are laid out Then go through the answers
Answers
1 eight
2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the
same line
3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)
6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and
advise students to do this every time they do a Word
Formation task Explain that some answers may require
an understanding of more than one sentence or the
text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any
comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text
but not the detail
Answers
The purpose of the text is to show how different people from
the same family can be
paragraph 1 to introduce the topic
paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters
paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter
paragraph 4 to describe the son
7 Explain that students should look at the example and its
context every time they begin a Word Formation task as
this will give them an introduction to the text and also
remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class
Answers
1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)
3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e
Point out that students have already seen some form or
other of all the target words in this exam task You may
also want to give some clues or further tips before they
begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms
Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their
own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to
make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters
Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay
particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8
Exam task answers
1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional
5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519
Unit 1 Yourself and others 13
WritingPart 2 informal letter
1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit
the answers
Answers
1 an English friend Alex
2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your
best friend is what you like about him or her
3 informal
a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and
d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you
2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and
answer the questions Elicit the answers
Answers
1 yes
2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes
4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and
comments on this
Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write
back soon and give her more information
5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph
who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a
description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main
paragraph
6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road
mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted
forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly
expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon
7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic
8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always
cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc
3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to
the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best
done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo
answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work
and make suggestions where necessary especially for
question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers
4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief
notes
5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their
answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they
have already studied the task and planned their work Tell
students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of
each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to
these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2
tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity
although of course this will not be possible in the exam
itself
Model answer
Hi Alex
Itrsquos always great to hear from you
Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it
My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together
really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best
mate ever since
Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same
age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both
crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming
Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a
little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on
to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos
a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Enrique
Revision
1 Answers
1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working
2 usually eat rsquoreare having
3 rsquomam waiting seems
4 is changing are getting
5 is rsquosis always complaining
6 own donrsquot live
7 gets rsquomam thinking
2 Answers
1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic
6 cautious 7 pessimistic
3 Answers
1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable
4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive
4 Answers
1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying
5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish
9 puzzling 10 exhausted
Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619
Part 7
Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions
1 Whatrsquos the text about
2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there
Now do the exam task
Exam task
You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
earns less money than theirfriend
1
says the two of them did not likeeach other at first
2
denies that their friend is bossy 3
has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos
4
once fell out with their friend 5
shares a hobby with their friend 6
says their friend has a goodsense of humour
7
describes their friend as rather
shy
8
has a friend who is veryoptimistic
9
has a very ambitious friend 10
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen
lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in
the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually
know each other until we both took up horse riding something we
still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between
them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always
expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite
Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though
of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing
can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo
B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing
summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another
part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and
chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in
town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can
travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I
could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that
hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer
to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-
walking and readingrsquo
C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family
environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the
same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet
perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be
withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to
tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to
make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt
a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was
in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was
annoyedrsquo
D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three
years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand
to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I
realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly
when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you
get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always
has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I
often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she
lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to
the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo
4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Yourself and others1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719
5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
Grammar
Present tenses
1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous
1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my
favourite sport
2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll
arrive at 930
3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours
at work
5 When you will receive my letter please tell
Mary about this
6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he
never calls me
7 Nowadays it becomes more and more
important to have a good education
8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I
get home
9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job
10 They are the kind of people who are driving
to work every day in big cars
2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once
end get hear own rise see take try
1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road
bridge is closed
2 It harder to find a job and youth
unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term
Irsquom going away on holiday
4 Her parents are very rich They
homes in both London and New York
5 I Marcos later this evening
when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I
to sleep
7 In every part of the world the sun
in the east
8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I
the alarm clock
LISTENINGPart 1
Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many speakers will you hear
2 Will they be female or male voices
3 What is the situation
4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question
02 Now listen and do the exam task
Exam task
You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom
What does she like about it
A the way it is decorated
B the furniture in it C its size and shape
2 You overhear a conversation on a bus
Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work
3 You hear a man talking on the phone
Why is he calling
A to apologise B to ask for information
C to complain
4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman
What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars
C She hires out motorcycles
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819
6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Part 3
1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the
correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case
1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk
to you
2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are
always stressy (stress) when you do that job
3 These are my recommendations for the
most attraction (attract) places in my town
4 Suddenly I heard something strange near
the door I was terrorised (terrify)
5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)
6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear
that Marta was the winner
7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people
8 Staying at your house next week will be
really enjoyful (enjoy)
9 That festival was a completely
unorganised (organise) and dull event
10 There are some interesting and
impressing (impress) museums in this city
2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions
1 What kind of word goes between the
superlative form the most and the noun
features
2 Does this word describe how someone
feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
Now do the exam task
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 SURPRISING
Staying safe online
One of the most (0) features of the
computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other
Whereas a generation ago children would go home
after a (1) day at school and watch TV
nowadays they are likely to do something much more
(2) such as chat online with their
friends
Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What
some parents find rather (4) however is
how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have
never actually met and also the amount of information
that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see
Parents are right to be (6) but with
many children spending hours a day online it is simply
(7) for adults constantly to watch over
them All they can do is advise them to be extremely
(8) about contact with strangers and to
warn them not to put personal information such as their
phone number or home address online
SURPRISE
TIRE
SOCIETY
INCREASE
WORRY
ENTHUSIASM
ANXIETY
PRACTICE
CAUTION
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919
3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives
WRITINGPart 2 informal letter
1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions
1 Who has written to you
2 Who do they want to know about
3 What examples of informal language can
you find
Exam task
Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend
Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions
1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second
paragraph to form two shorter
paragraphs
3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal
style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the
letter
a a comparative
b a verb tense c an article
d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you
use in your letter
Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me
wersquore good friends most of the time
So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot
ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her
Hope to hear from you soon
Hi Sam
Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you
Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually
a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the
same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on
really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the
same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other
most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common
For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that
hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so
enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can
also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos
always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Matteo
7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 519
11READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1
When you have finished make sure you have answeredall ten questions
Exam tip
Adjectives ending in -ed and -ing
6 Find these words in the text and complete the rules with-ed and -ing
exhausted fascinating (A) interesting challenging (B)
refreshed distracted (C) tired irritating (D)
1 We use adjectives with to describe how
somebody feels about something
2 We use adjectives with to describe the thing
or person which causes the feeling
7 Complete these sentences with -ing and -ed adjectives
formed from the verbs in brackets Then answer the
questions about yourself
1 At what time of day do you feel most (relax)2 Whatrsquos the most (amuse) film yoursquove ever
seen
3 When do you sometimes feel a little (worry)4 Whatrsquos the most (depress) news item yoursquove
heard recently
5 When do you feel most (motivate) to study6 Are you (terrify) of anything such as spiders
or heights
7 Whatrsquos the most (astonish) story yoursquove ever
heard
8 Whatrsquos the most (puzzle) thing about the
English language
8 Compare a typical day in your life with those of the fourpeople in the text What are the different times in your
day like and how do you feel Use words from Exercises 6and 7
B For Assistant Sales Manager Julia Anderson eachday begins at 630 am with a quick shower a fewminutes to get ready and then a dash to the station tocatch the 715 into Manhattan By eight orsquoclock shersquosat her workstation lsquoI need to be there then before thesalespeople start arriving I spend the rest of the morningin meetings and dealing with client queries whichfor me is one of the most interesting challenging andworthwhile aspects of the job Then itrsquos out for a quicklunch ndash my first meal of the day ndash and back to workat 1 pm followed by more of the same up to 5 pmThatrsquos how things are here you have to keep to a tightschedule At first I found working here pretty stressful butIrsquom used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother mersquo
C Website Designer Oliver McShane works at home andunsurprisingly is a late riser lsquorolling out of bedrsquo as he
puts it lsquoat 9 amrsquo Switching on his laptop his first task isto answer any early-morning emails and then he carrieson from where he left off the previous evening lsquoIf I havea creative peakrsquo he says lsquothatrsquos when it is and it takesme a while to get going again the next day WheneverIrsquove stayed up working very late I make up for it byhaving a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then whenI wake up I feel refreshed and ready for another longworking session Occasionally I pack my laptop and sitin a cafeacute for a while although I can get distracted fromwork if I run into someone I knowrsquo
D Anita Ramos is a Tourist Guide who works morningsand evenings lsquoItrsquos just too hot to walk around the cityin the afternoonrsquo she says lsquoso I spend it at homeItrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but Ihavenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired thenbecause I donrsquot get up particularly early When I do Iusually skip breakfast though sometimes I have cerealor something Then itrsquos off to the office before headingdowntown to wherever Irsquom meeting the first group I takefour or five groups out before lunch and Irsquom supposed tofinish around 2 pm though there always seems to besomeone in the last group who asks lots of questionswhich can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaidovertime It also means I risk missing the 215 train homersquo
livesDifferent A University student Jake Harris is in his first year
lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen Irsquom outof bed by 745 If therersquos time I have some tea andtoast then set off I used to aim for the 825 train butI kept missing it so nowadays I do the uphill walk intotown which wakes me up and enables me to plan whatIrsquom going to do in the morning and afternoon From ninetill one itrsquos lessons and a group activity with a quickbreak at eleven to grab something to keep me going tilllunch The afternoon is similar to the morning really Afterthat I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as Ishould Once I get home I work for a few hours and laterndash if Irsquom not feeling too exhausted ndash I go out with friends
Irsquove met some fascinating people herersquo
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 619
12 UNIT 1 SPEAKING
Part 11 In Part 1 the examiner may ask you questions like these
What are they about Which verb tense would you mainlyuse to reply
1 Where are you from
2 What do you like about living there
3 Tell me a little about your family4 Which time of the year is your favourite Why
5 What do you enjoy doing when you are on holiday
6 What do you use the Internet for
2 In pairs read this example conversation from Part 1
What is wrong with Nicorsquos and Lenarsquos replies (1ndash6)Correct two mistakes Then study the Quick steps for waysof improving the other four replies
Examiner Is your routine at weekends different fromyour daily routine in the week
Nico (1) Yes
Examiner In what ways
Nico (2) I am staying in bed later of course I go
out with friends after lunchExaminer And what about your routine at weekends
Lena Is it different from your daily routine
Lena (3) Not really I have to get up at about the
same time
Examiner WhyLena (4) Well I have a job in a shop and Irsquom going
to work early Itrsquos a long way from my house
And I arrive home late every day
Examiner Now tell me Nico How often do you read
newspapers or magazines
Nico (5) RepeatExaminer How often do you read newspapersNico (6) Not often I donrsquot like them much
3 Lena says I arrive home late every day Look at theseexpressions and answer the questions
every hour or so from time to time most weekends
five times a week hardly ever now and then
1 Where do frequency expressions like every day go in
the sentence
2 Which one means lsquoalmost neverrsquo
3 Which two mean lsquooccasionallyrsquo
Page 97
Use as wide a range of grammar and vocabulary as you can
Exam tip
4 Work with a different partner Ask and answer theexaminerrsquos questions in Exercises 1 and 2
5 How well did you answer the Part 1 questions How goodwere your partnerrsquos answers Tell each other what youthink
Character adjectives
6 Find out what kind of person your partner is by asking
them questions 1ndash12 Give examples using expressionslike now and then and nearly always in your replies
What are you like 1 Do you think about what other people need or want
2 Do you usually expect good things to happen
3 Do you behave in a way that is silly and not adult
4 Do you like telling other people what to do
5 Are you good at dealing with problems
6 Do you get annoyed if things happen too slowly
7 Do you want to be very successful in life
8 Are you easily upset and do you know when others
are upset 9 Do you find it easy to make up your mind quickly
10 Do you do things that nobody expects
11 Are you sensible and fair with other people
12 Do you find it difficult to plan things well
7 Match the adjectives with questions 1ndash12 Do you thinkthey describe your character correctly Then use some ofthese adjectives to say what you think each person in thepictures might be like
ambitious bossy childish decisive disorganised
impatient optimistic practical reasonable sensitive
thoughtful unpredictable
Quick steps to Speaking Part 1
Be friendly to the examiners and to the other candidate
Donrsquot just reply yes no or I donrsquot know Give reasons
(because hellip so hellip) or examples (such as hellip like hellip) You can politely ask the examiner to repeat a question
Ask Pardon Could you say that again please Sorry
1 SPEAKING
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 719
13READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1
Forming adjectives1 Underline these prefixes and suffixes in the
words in Speaking Exercise 7 One word hasboth a prefix and a suffix
-able -al dis- -ful -ic im- -ish
-itive -ive -ous un- -y
2 Form character adjectives from these wordswith the prefixes and suffixes in Exercise 1Be careful with spelling changes
adventure aggression anxiety artistcaution cheek compete emotion
energy enthusiasm fool greed help
honest pessimist polite popular rely
respect sympathy
Part 3
3 Correct the mistakes in thesesentences written by exam candidates
1 You were a charmful host as always
2 Joey can be quite rude and unpolite3 I think that going to work or to school by
bike is very healthful4 We really enjoyed the festival in spite of
the disorganising programme
5 Irsquom helpful and sociality so Irsquod like a job
working with people
6 Sometimes shopping can be a stressing
experience
4 Complete the sentences with the correctform of the words in brackets In each caseadd a prefix andor a suffix
1 Amelia thinks shersquoll win and her family arequite (optimism) too
2 Question 9 in the quiz was quite
(challenge) but I got it right3 The team has lost every game so their
fans are feeling (depress)
4 The staff disliked the boss and they were
(sympathy) when he lost
his job
5 It was a hot day but Chloe felt
(refresh) after having a coolshower
6 People seem (enthusiasm)
about the TV show Few are watching it
5
Look at the exam task Answer these questions1 How many gaps are there in the text
2 What do you have to put in each of them
3 Does this task mainly test grammar or vocabulary
6 Quickly read the text ignoring the gaps for now What is the purposeof the text What is each paragraph about
7 Look at the example (0) Answer the questions Then do the exam task
1 What kind of word probably goes between the and thing
2 Does it describe how someone feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
4 If this suffix begins with a vowel how does fascinate change
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals at theend of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same lineThere is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 FASCINATING
Same family different people
The three children grew up in the same home but for friends of
the family the (0) thing is that now as young adults
they all have very different (1)
Grace 23 always has to be busy Ever since she was a young girl
she has been highly (2) to succeed and now that
she is working in a business environment she makes no secret of
how (3) she is her aim is to be Managing Director
before she is 30
Whereas Grace can sometimes appear rather (4)
even cold her 21-year-old sister Evie can be quite(5) to what others say particularly if their
comments are unfair But she is always kind to her friends and
(6) whenever anyone wants to talk about their
problems
Daniel just 19 is the (7) one Hersquos mad about
sports like rock climbing snowboarding and motorcycling
He takes too many risks and he gives his family some
(8) moments but somehow he always manages to
get home safely
FASCINATE
PERSONAL
MOTIVATE
AMBITION
EMOTION
SENSE
SYMPATHY
ADVENTURE
ANXIETY
Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 3
Read the text quickly to find out its purpose and main points
Look at each word in capitals then the words next to the gap Do youneed a noun an adjec tive or another part of speech
Does the word in capitals need more than one change
1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 819
14 UNIT 1 WRITING
Part 2 informal letter1 Look at the exam task and answer these
questions
1 Who has written to you
2 What does this person want you to do
3 What style is the extract from the letter
written in Find examples of the following a contrac ted forms eg Irsquom
b short common words eg got
c simple linking words eg because
d informal punctuation eg dash (ndash)
e friendly expressions eg tell me
Exam task
This is part of an email from an English friendAlex
Write your email to Alex in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
P age 90 2
Read the model letter and answer these questions1 Is Lydiarsquos letter the right length2 Has she made any language mistakes3 How does she open and close her message
4 What does she talk about in her introduction and conclusion
5 Does she answer all of Alexrsquos questions In which main paragraphs
6 What examples of informal language can you find
7 What character adjectives does she use8 Which phrases of hers might be particularly useful when you write
other letters
3 Think about these questions and note down some ideas for your ownletter to Alex
1 What does friendship mean to you
2 How often do you see your friends3 Who are you going to write about4 How long have you known each other
5 Which character adjectives best descr ibe your friend
4 Make a plan for your letter Put your best ideas from Exercise 3 underthese headings 1 Friends in general 2 Best friend who 3 Best friend why Then add some details such as the personrsquos age or job You couldput the points under each heading into main paragraphs 1 2 and 3
5 Write your letter When you have finished check it for the following
correct length
all the content asked for in the instructions
good organisation into paragraphs
correct grammar spelling and punctuation suitable style of language
Dear Alex
Many thanks for your message It was great to hear from youThe first thing I want to say is that I completely agree with you about friends I see some of
mine almost every day and I really miss them when theyrsquore away
My closest friend is Nicole whorsquos also a student is the same age as me and lives just
down the road Wersquove been best mates for many years and we tell each other everything
but I think wersquove got quite dif ferent personalities
For instance I can be a bit indecisive at times but shersquos very practical and gets everything
done quickly Shersquos not bossy though In fact shersquos really thoughtful Whenever I get upset
shersquos always sympathetic and then she finds a way to cheer me up ndash shersquos got a wonderful
sense of humour
I hope one day you can get to know her and that I have the chance to meet your friends
too Please tell me more about them in your next letter Write soon
Best wishesLydia
Irsquom lucky because Irsquove got really good friends ndash especially
those Irsquove known since I was a kid I donrsquot know what Irsquod
do without them So tell me how important are friends to
you Whorsquos your best friend and what do you like about
him or her
Looking forward to hearing from you soon
Quick steps to writing a Part 2 informalletter
Look at the task including any text anddecide who you are writing to why andwhich points to include
Note down ideas and decide how manymain paragraphs you will need Then putyour ideas under paragraph headings
Begin Dear (friendrsquos first name) and thankthem for their last message
Keep to your plan and use informallanguage throughout
Close in a friendly way asking them to writeback End Lots of love Best wishes etc
Make sure you leave enough time at the end to check your letter formistakes
Exam tip
WRITING1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 919
See the CD-ROM for more practice
1
Complete the sentences with the presentsimple or present continuous form of theverbs in brackets
1 This summer I (stay) at the
seaside and I (work) in a
local shop in the mornings
2 My friends (usually eat) at
home but this evening they
(have) dinner in a restaurant
3 Hi I (wait) to get onto the
plane but there (seem) to be
a delay
4 The climate (change) all
the time and the temperatures here
(get) higher every year
5 Natalie (be) quite annoying
She (always complain) about
something
6 My grandparents (own)
a house in the village though they
(not live) there any more
7 This far north it (get)dark very early at this time of year so
I (think) of spending the
winter in Australia
2 Add a prefix or suffix to these words andcomplete the sentences
artist caution energy greed honest
pessimism polite
1 Martin always eats too much food Hersquos
really
2 Itrsquos to take things from a
shop without paying for them
3 The quality of these drawings and
paintings shows how
Alexia is
4 If someone helps you itrsquosnot to say lsquothank yoursquo
5 Paola is usually quite but
she doesnrsquot feel like doing sports today
6 Jerry likes to take risks but his brother
Anton is a much more boy
7 Irsquom sorry to be so but I just
know wersquore going to lose this game
3
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets1 Terry is quite (predict) You never know what hersquos going
to do next
2 I thanked my friends for being so (sympathy) when Ihad to go into hospital
3 Itrsquos (reason) to expect people to do all your work for
you
4 Going up that mountain is quite (challenge) even for
an expert climber
5 It was (thought) of you to remember my motherrsquos
birthday
6 To succeed in business you have to be (decision) and
not keep changing your mind
4 Read the text below Use the word given in capitals at the end of someof the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line
In the morning I normally take the underground At
that time of day itrsquos crowded you have to stand and itrsquos
certainly not a (1) way to travel But the
service is quick frequent and (2) which
makes it by far the most (3) way to get
across the city in the rush hour
Occasionally though I travel into town in a friendrsquos car
to go shopping and quite honestly I often 1047297nd it an
absolutely (4) experience Every time we
get onto the ring road Irsquom (5) by the waypeople behave when they drive a car Some are extremely
(6) driving straight at you to make you
get out of their way while others are (7)
trying to have races with other drivers all the time They
just seem (8) to me
What I 1047297nd most (9) about this is the
fact that by the time they actually get to their of1047297ces
theyrsquore probably too (10) to do a proper
dayrsquos work
RELAX
RELY
PRACTICE
TERRIFY
ASTONISH
AGGRESSION
COMPETE
CHILD
PUZZLE
EXHAUST
REVISION UNIT 1 15
REVISION1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019
8 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present
simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y
READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading
studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas
planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script
SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples
ListeningPart 1
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo
discussion time Then ask students for their overall
1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance
between workstudy and relaxation
Optional activity
Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that
students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the
following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already
know them
1 How many extracts will you hear
2 Is there any connection between the extracts
3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence
about each speaker and situation
4 Do you both read and hear each question
Answers
1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no
2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in
Exercise 3 Check the answers
Answers
1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street
2 the focus is place
3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in
Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within
the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this
task type there are always two distractors for each question
Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A
and B are wrong then elicit the answers
Answers
C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the
people who live there are not at home and by the look of the
place indicates that the reporter is outside the house
B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury
hotel in the city centre so he is not there
A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about
someone else (the TV crews )
4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory
sentence and question of each item not the options If they
1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on
the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and
suggest that students ask themselves these questions every
time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to
work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone
as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording
through without pausing
Answers
2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus
feelingsattitude
3 one female making a phone call focus purpose
4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason
5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus
person
6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos
doing
7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home
8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something
focus feelings
Recording script
You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio
Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem
clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here
2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day
The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work
Yourself and others
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119
Unit 1 Yourself and others 9
3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone
Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days
4 You hear a man talking about reading books
Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids
5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort
Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside
Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff
Man Really Is it that bad
Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do
Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening
everywhere round here
6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy
I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy
7 You hear a woman talking about her home
Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move
back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other
And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too
8 You overhear two people talking about finding something
Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now
Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day
Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it
Man No Where was it
Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours
Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that
Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it
Exam task answers
2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B
5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect
answers as this may not be the case in other exams they
have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go
through the answers
GrammarReview of present tenses
1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty
of time to match the extracts then check the answers If
yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that
3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit
or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs
Answers
1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e
2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If
there is time you may want to ask the class why they think
each mistake has been made
Answers
1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting
5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing
3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1
If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is
a stative verb
Answers
1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)
2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)
3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)
4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)
5 belongs (stative verb)
6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)
8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)
Present simple in time clauses
4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these
clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts
we are using the present simple with future meaning as in
1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some
more examples with a variety of time expressions such as
before after or until
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219
10 Unit 1 Yourself and others
5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer
any questions about this Then give students about 20
minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in
exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in
the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and
elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time
also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to
missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)
Exam task answers
1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B
Underlining
A
(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen
(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and
enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning
and afternoon
(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I
should
B
(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715
(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the
most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of
the job
(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom
used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me
C
(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he
says lsquothatrsquos when it is
(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I
wake up
D
(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I
havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime
Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
6 Give students time to study the context of each word and
work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of
the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging
refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le
Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing
adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further
examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring
Answers
1 -ed 2 -ing
7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word
Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this
unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal
e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done
individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the
questions using the words given Check answers to the
sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some
answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each
adjective
Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2
level by English Pro1047297le
Answers
yes present simple
5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go
through the answers
Answers
1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start
5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get
6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to
write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit
some answers for each question
Suggested answers
1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money
4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework
Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time
for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos
The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text
but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra
reason for reading later on
2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions
the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text
layout Then check the answers
Answers
1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives
4 which person does or thinks particular things
5 ten 6 yes
3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the
answers to the two questions Then check the answers
Answers
1 B Assistant Sales Manager
2 A University student
3 C Website Designer
4 D Tour Guide
earliest B latest C
4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words
or sentences in the text which appear to give the right
answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises
awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers
once students have had enough time to study the three
highlighted parts
Answers
B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot
have eaten breakfast
A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he
never has breakfast
D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she
sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319
Unit 1 Yourself and others 11
Answers
1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated
6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling
8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as
many -ing -ed adjectives as they can
SpeakingPart 1
Optional activity
Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You
could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd
the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot
already know them
1 How many examiners are there
2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there
4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1
Answers
1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be
three 4 no
1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions
about future plans and ambitions and that these will be
practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that
candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while
the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose
from
Answers
1 your town
2 what you like about your town
3 your family
4 your favourite season and why
5 what you like doing on holiday
6 what you use the Internet for
(all questions are about you)
You would use the present simple to reply although in some
cases you may also need to use the present continuous for
example to say a relative is studying abroad
2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this
activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both
incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on
this then elicit the answers
Suggested answers
1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what
ways but he could have done this without being prompted
2 The verb form should be I stay
3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after
the examiner asks why without being prompted
4 The verb form should be I go
5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please
6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could
say something like because therersquos too much in them about
politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to
3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency
adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go
before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question
then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer
the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes
Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading
and Use of English and other parts of the exam
Answers
1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)
2 hardly ever
3 from time to time now and then
4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot
know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker
Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary
5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments
about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own
performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any
particular dif1047297culties
Character adjectives
6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo
or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their
personality Give students a couple of minutes each to
answer
7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English
Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have
any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right
answers They then compare their impressions of each other
using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful
not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always
bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they
do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit
answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use
modals such as could might and may to speculate about the
character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers
and point out that the language used in this activity is useful
practice for Writing later in this unit
Answers
1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical
6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive
10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised
Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives
1 Get students to note down the words and then underline
them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make
sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to
elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out
that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419
12 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Answers
reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised
thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive
ambitious unpredictable bossy
2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we
drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage
the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling
Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg
unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers
possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more
adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also
their opposites
Answers
(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky
competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish
greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic
Optional activity
Encourage discussion about whether some of these
adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics
pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious
the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class
making sure that all the words are understood
Suggested answers
lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite
reliable sympathetic
lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful
unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish
greedy dishonest impolite unpopular
lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive
emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or
negative in certain circumstances
Part 3
3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit
though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit
answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask
what students think the most common mistakes are by
speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)
Answers
1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable
6 stressful
4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and
suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the
base words although they will have to be careful which
form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may
be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level
version of Word Formation although of course in the exam
it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives
requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers
once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling
Answers
1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic
5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic
5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals
are laid out Then go through the answers
Answers
1 eight
2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the
same line
3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)
6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and
advise students to do this every time they do a Word
Formation task Explain that some answers may require
an understanding of more than one sentence or the
text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any
comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text
but not the detail
Answers
The purpose of the text is to show how different people from
the same family can be
paragraph 1 to introduce the topic
paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters
paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter
paragraph 4 to describe the son
7 Explain that students should look at the example and its
context every time they begin a Word Formation task as
this will give them an introduction to the text and also
remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class
Answers
1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)
3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e
Point out that students have already seen some form or
other of all the target words in this exam task You may
also want to give some clues or further tips before they
begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms
Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their
own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to
make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters
Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay
particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8
Exam task answers
1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional
5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519
Unit 1 Yourself and others 13
WritingPart 2 informal letter
1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit
the answers
Answers
1 an English friend Alex
2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your
best friend is what you like about him or her
3 informal
a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and
d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you
2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and
answer the questions Elicit the answers
Answers
1 yes
2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes
4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and
comments on this
Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write
back soon and give her more information
5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph
who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a
description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main
paragraph
6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road
mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted
forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly
expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon
7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic
8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always
cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc
3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to
the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best
done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo
answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work
and make suggestions where necessary especially for
question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers
4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief
notes
5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their
answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they
have already studied the task and planned their work Tell
students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of
each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to
these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2
tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity
although of course this will not be possible in the exam
itself
Model answer
Hi Alex
Itrsquos always great to hear from you
Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it
My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together
really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best
mate ever since
Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same
age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both
crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming
Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a
little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on
to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos
a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Enrique
Revision
1 Answers
1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working
2 usually eat rsquoreare having
3 rsquomam waiting seems
4 is changing are getting
5 is rsquosis always complaining
6 own donrsquot live
7 gets rsquomam thinking
2 Answers
1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic
6 cautious 7 pessimistic
3 Answers
1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable
4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive
4 Answers
1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying
5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish
9 puzzling 10 exhausted
Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619
Part 7
Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions
1 Whatrsquos the text about
2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there
Now do the exam task
Exam task
You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
earns less money than theirfriend
1
says the two of them did not likeeach other at first
2
denies that their friend is bossy 3
has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos
4
once fell out with their friend 5
shares a hobby with their friend 6
says their friend has a goodsense of humour
7
describes their friend as rather
shy
8
has a friend who is veryoptimistic
9
has a very ambitious friend 10
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen
lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in
the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually
know each other until we both took up horse riding something we
still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between
them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always
expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite
Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though
of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing
can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo
B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing
summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another
part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and
chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in
town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can
travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I
could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that
hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer
to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-
walking and readingrsquo
C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family
environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the
same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet
perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be
withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to
tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to
make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt
a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was
in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was
annoyedrsquo
D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three
years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand
to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I
realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly
when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you
get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always
has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I
often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she
lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to
the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo
4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Yourself and others1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719
5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
Grammar
Present tenses
1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous
1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my
favourite sport
2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll
arrive at 930
3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours
at work
5 When you will receive my letter please tell
Mary about this
6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he
never calls me
7 Nowadays it becomes more and more
important to have a good education
8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I
get home
9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job
10 They are the kind of people who are driving
to work every day in big cars
2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once
end get hear own rise see take try
1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road
bridge is closed
2 It harder to find a job and youth
unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term
Irsquom going away on holiday
4 Her parents are very rich They
homes in both London and New York
5 I Marcos later this evening
when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I
to sleep
7 In every part of the world the sun
in the east
8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I
the alarm clock
LISTENINGPart 1
Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many speakers will you hear
2 Will they be female or male voices
3 What is the situation
4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question
02 Now listen and do the exam task
Exam task
You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom
What does she like about it
A the way it is decorated
B the furniture in it C its size and shape
2 You overhear a conversation on a bus
Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work
3 You hear a man talking on the phone
Why is he calling
A to apologise B to ask for information
C to complain
4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman
What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars
C She hires out motorcycles
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819
6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Part 3
1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the
correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case
1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk
to you
2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are
always stressy (stress) when you do that job
3 These are my recommendations for the
most attraction (attract) places in my town
4 Suddenly I heard something strange near
the door I was terrorised (terrify)
5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)
6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear
that Marta was the winner
7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people
8 Staying at your house next week will be
really enjoyful (enjoy)
9 That festival was a completely
unorganised (organise) and dull event
10 There are some interesting and
impressing (impress) museums in this city
2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions
1 What kind of word goes between the
superlative form the most and the noun
features
2 Does this word describe how someone
feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
Now do the exam task
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 SURPRISING
Staying safe online
One of the most (0) features of the
computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other
Whereas a generation ago children would go home
after a (1) day at school and watch TV
nowadays they are likely to do something much more
(2) such as chat online with their
friends
Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What
some parents find rather (4) however is
how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have
never actually met and also the amount of information
that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see
Parents are right to be (6) but with
many children spending hours a day online it is simply
(7) for adults constantly to watch over
them All they can do is advise them to be extremely
(8) about contact with strangers and to
warn them not to put personal information such as their
phone number or home address online
SURPRISE
TIRE
SOCIETY
INCREASE
WORRY
ENTHUSIASM
ANXIETY
PRACTICE
CAUTION
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919
3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives
WRITINGPart 2 informal letter
1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions
1 Who has written to you
2 Who do they want to know about
3 What examples of informal language can
you find
Exam task
Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend
Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions
1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second
paragraph to form two shorter
paragraphs
3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal
style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the
letter
a a comparative
b a verb tense c an article
d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you
use in your letter
Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me
wersquore good friends most of the time
So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot
ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her
Hope to hear from you soon
Hi Sam
Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you
Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually
a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the
same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on
really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the
same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other
most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common
For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that
hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so
enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can
also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos
always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Matteo
7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 619
12 UNIT 1 SPEAKING
Part 11 In Part 1 the examiner may ask you questions like these
What are they about Which verb tense would you mainlyuse to reply
1 Where are you from
2 What do you like about living there
3 Tell me a little about your family4 Which time of the year is your favourite Why
5 What do you enjoy doing when you are on holiday
6 What do you use the Internet for
2 In pairs read this example conversation from Part 1
What is wrong with Nicorsquos and Lenarsquos replies (1ndash6)Correct two mistakes Then study the Quick steps for waysof improving the other four replies
Examiner Is your routine at weekends different fromyour daily routine in the week
Nico (1) Yes
Examiner In what ways
Nico (2) I am staying in bed later of course I go
out with friends after lunchExaminer And what about your routine at weekends
Lena Is it different from your daily routine
Lena (3) Not really I have to get up at about the
same time
Examiner WhyLena (4) Well I have a job in a shop and Irsquom going
to work early Itrsquos a long way from my house
And I arrive home late every day
Examiner Now tell me Nico How often do you read
newspapers or magazines
Nico (5) RepeatExaminer How often do you read newspapersNico (6) Not often I donrsquot like them much
3 Lena says I arrive home late every day Look at theseexpressions and answer the questions
every hour or so from time to time most weekends
five times a week hardly ever now and then
1 Where do frequency expressions like every day go in
the sentence
2 Which one means lsquoalmost neverrsquo
3 Which two mean lsquooccasionallyrsquo
Page 97
Use as wide a range of grammar and vocabulary as you can
Exam tip
4 Work with a different partner Ask and answer theexaminerrsquos questions in Exercises 1 and 2
5 How well did you answer the Part 1 questions How goodwere your partnerrsquos answers Tell each other what youthink
Character adjectives
6 Find out what kind of person your partner is by asking
them questions 1ndash12 Give examples using expressionslike now and then and nearly always in your replies
What are you like 1 Do you think about what other people need or want
2 Do you usually expect good things to happen
3 Do you behave in a way that is silly and not adult
4 Do you like telling other people what to do
5 Are you good at dealing with problems
6 Do you get annoyed if things happen too slowly
7 Do you want to be very successful in life
8 Are you easily upset and do you know when others
are upset 9 Do you find it easy to make up your mind quickly
10 Do you do things that nobody expects
11 Are you sensible and fair with other people
12 Do you find it difficult to plan things well
7 Match the adjectives with questions 1ndash12 Do you thinkthey describe your character correctly Then use some ofthese adjectives to say what you think each person in thepictures might be like
ambitious bossy childish decisive disorganised
impatient optimistic practical reasonable sensitive
thoughtful unpredictable
Quick steps to Speaking Part 1
Be friendly to the examiners and to the other candidate
Donrsquot just reply yes no or I donrsquot know Give reasons
(because hellip so hellip) or examples (such as hellip like hellip) You can politely ask the examiner to repeat a question
Ask Pardon Could you say that again please Sorry
1 SPEAKING
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 719
13READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1
Forming adjectives1 Underline these prefixes and suffixes in the
words in Speaking Exercise 7 One word hasboth a prefix and a suffix
-able -al dis- -ful -ic im- -ish
-itive -ive -ous un- -y
2 Form character adjectives from these wordswith the prefixes and suffixes in Exercise 1Be careful with spelling changes
adventure aggression anxiety artistcaution cheek compete emotion
energy enthusiasm fool greed help
honest pessimist polite popular rely
respect sympathy
Part 3
3 Correct the mistakes in thesesentences written by exam candidates
1 You were a charmful host as always
2 Joey can be quite rude and unpolite3 I think that going to work or to school by
bike is very healthful4 We really enjoyed the festival in spite of
the disorganising programme
5 Irsquom helpful and sociality so Irsquod like a job
working with people
6 Sometimes shopping can be a stressing
experience
4 Complete the sentences with the correctform of the words in brackets In each caseadd a prefix andor a suffix
1 Amelia thinks shersquoll win and her family arequite (optimism) too
2 Question 9 in the quiz was quite
(challenge) but I got it right3 The team has lost every game so their
fans are feeling (depress)
4 The staff disliked the boss and they were
(sympathy) when he lost
his job
5 It was a hot day but Chloe felt
(refresh) after having a coolshower
6 People seem (enthusiasm)
about the TV show Few are watching it
5
Look at the exam task Answer these questions1 How many gaps are there in the text
2 What do you have to put in each of them
3 Does this task mainly test grammar or vocabulary
6 Quickly read the text ignoring the gaps for now What is the purposeof the text What is each paragraph about
7 Look at the example (0) Answer the questions Then do the exam task
1 What kind of word probably goes between the and thing
2 Does it describe how someone feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
4 If this suffix begins with a vowel how does fascinate change
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals at theend of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same lineThere is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 FASCINATING
Same family different people
The three children grew up in the same home but for friends of
the family the (0) thing is that now as young adults
they all have very different (1)
Grace 23 always has to be busy Ever since she was a young girl
she has been highly (2) to succeed and now that
she is working in a business environment she makes no secret of
how (3) she is her aim is to be Managing Director
before she is 30
Whereas Grace can sometimes appear rather (4)
even cold her 21-year-old sister Evie can be quite(5) to what others say particularly if their
comments are unfair But she is always kind to her friends and
(6) whenever anyone wants to talk about their
problems
Daniel just 19 is the (7) one Hersquos mad about
sports like rock climbing snowboarding and motorcycling
He takes too many risks and he gives his family some
(8) moments but somehow he always manages to
get home safely
FASCINATE
PERSONAL
MOTIVATE
AMBITION
EMOTION
SENSE
SYMPATHY
ADVENTURE
ANXIETY
Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 3
Read the text quickly to find out its purpose and main points
Look at each word in capitals then the words next to the gap Do youneed a noun an adjec tive or another part of speech
Does the word in capitals need more than one change
1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 819
14 UNIT 1 WRITING
Part 2 informal letter1 Look at the exam task and answer these
questions
1 Who has written to you
2 What does this person want you to do
3 What style is the extract from the letter
written in Find examples of the following a contrac ted forms eg Irsquom
b short common words eg got
c simple linking words eg because
d informal punctuation eg dash (ndash)
e friendly expressions eg tell me
Exam task
This is part of an email from an English friendAlex
Write your email to Alex in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
P age 90 2
Read the model letter and answer these questions1 Is Lydiarsquos letter the right length2 Has she made any language mistakes3 How does she open and close her message
4 What does she talk about in her introduction and conclusion
5 Does she answer all of Alexrsquos questions In which main paragraphs
6 What examples of informal language can you find
7 What character adjectives does she use8 Which phrases of hers might be particularly useful when you write
other letters
3 Think about these questions and note down some ideas for your ownletter to Alex
1 What does friendship mean to you
2 How often do you see your friends3 Who are you going to write about4 How long have you known each other
5 Which character adjectives best descr ibe your friend
4 Make a plan for your letter Put your best ideas from Exercise 3 underthese headings 1 Friends in general 2 Best friend who 3 Best friend why Then add some details such as the personrsquos age or job You couldput the points under each heading into main paragraphs 1 2 and 3
5 Write your letter When you have finished check it for the following
correct length
all the content asked for in the instructions
good organisation into paragraphs
correct grammar spelling and punctuation suitable style of language
Dear Alex
Many thanks for your message It was great to hear from youThe first thing I want to say is that I completely agree with you about friends I see some of
mine almost every day and I really miss them when theyrsquore away
My closest friend is Nicole whorsquos also a student is the same age as me and lives just
down the road Wersquove been best mates for many years and we tell each other everything
but I think wersquove got quite dif ferent personalities
For instance I can be a bit indecisive at times but shersquos very practical and gets everything
done quickly Shersquos not bossy though In fact shersquos really thoughtful Whenever I get upset
shersquos always sympathetic and then she finds a way to cheer me up ndash shersquos got a wonderful
sense of humour
I hope one day you can get to know her and that I have the chance to meet your friends
too Please tell me more about them in your next letter Write soon
Best wishesLydia
Irsquom lucky because Irsquove got really good friends ndash especially
those Irsquove known since I was a kid I donrsquot know what Irsquod
do without them So tell me how important are friends to
you Whorsquos your best friend and what do you like about
him or her
Looking forward to hearing from you soon
Quick steps to writing a Part 2 informalletter
Look at the task including any text anddecide who you are writing to why andwhich points to include
Note down ideas and decide how manymain paragraphs you will need Then putyour ideas under paragraph headings
Begin Dear (friendrsquos first name) and thankthem for their last message
Keep to your plan and use informallanguage throughout
Close in a friendly way asking them to writeback End Lots of love Best wishes etc
Make sure you leave enough time at the end to check your letter formistakes
Exam tip
WRITING1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 919
See the CD-ROM for more practice
1
Complete the sentences with the presentsimple or present continuous form of theverbs in brackets
1 This summer I (stay) at the
seaside and I (work) in a
local shop in the mornings
2 My friends (usually eat) at
home but this evening they
(have) dinner in a restaurant
3 Hi I (wait) to get onto the
plane but there (seem) to be
a delay
4 The climate (change) all
the time and the temperatures here
(get) higher every year
5 Natalie (be) quite annoying
She (always complain) about
something
6 My grandparents (own)
a house in the village though they
(not live) there any more
7 This far north it (get)dark very early at this time of year so
I (think) of spending the
winter in Australia
2 Add a prefix or suffix to these words andcomplete the sentences
artist caution energy greed honest
pessimism polite
1 Martin always eats too much food Hersquos
really
2 Itrsquos to take things from a
shop without paying for them
3 The quality of these drawings and
paintings shows how
Alexia is
4 If someone helps you itrsquosnot to say lsquothank yoursquo
5 Paola is usually quite but
she doesnrsquot feel like doing sports today
6 Jerry likes to take risks but his brother
Anton is a much more boy
7 Irsquom sorry to be so but I just
know wersquore going to lose this game
3
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets1 Terry is quite (predict) You never know what hersquos going
to do next
2 I thanked my friends for being so (sympathy) when Ihad to go into hospital
3 Itrsquos (reason) to expect people to do all your work for
you
4 Going up that mountain is quite (challenge) even for
an expert climber
5 It was (thought) of you to remember my motherrsquos
birthday
6 To succeed in business you have to be (decision) and
not keep changing your mind
4 Read the text below Use the word given in capitals at the end of someof the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line
In the morning I normally take the underground At
that time of day itrsquos crowded you have to stand and itrsquos
certainly not a (1) way to travel But the
service is quick frequent and (2) which
makes it by far the most (3) way to get
across the city in the rush hour
Occasionally though I travel into town in a friendrsquos car
to go shopping and quite honestly I often 1047297nd it an
absolutely (4) experience Every time we
get onto the ring road Irsquom (5) by the waypeople behave when they drive a car Some are extremely
(6) driving straight at you to make you
get out of their way while others are (7)
trying to have races with other drivers all the time They
just seem (8) to me
What I 1047297nd most (9) about this is the
fact that by the time they actually get to their of1047297ces
theyrsquore probably too (10) to do a proper
dayrsquos work
RELAX
RELY
PRACTICE
TERRIFY
ASTONISH
AGGRESSION
COMPETE
CHILD
PUZZLE
EXHAUST
REVISION UNIT 1 15
REVISION1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019
8 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present
simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y
READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading
studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas
planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script
SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples
ListeningPart 1
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo
discussion time Then ask students for their overall
1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance
between workstudy and relaxation
Optional activity
Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that
students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the
following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already
know them
1 How many extracts will you hear
2 Is there any connection between the extracts
3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence
about each speaker and situation
4 Do you both read and hear each question
Answers
1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no
2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in
Exercise 3 Check the answers
Answers
1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street
2 the focus is place
3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in
Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within
the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this
task type there are always two distractors for each question
Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A
and B are wrong then elicit the answers
Answers
C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the
people who live there are not at home and by the look of the
place indicates that the reporter is outside the house
B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury
hotel in the city centre so he is not there
A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about
someone else (the TV crews )
4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory
sentence and question of each item not the options If they
1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on
the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and
suggest that students ask themselves these questions every
time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to
work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone
as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording
through without pausing
Answers
2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus
feelingsattitude
3 one female making a phone call focus purpose
4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason
5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus
person
6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos
doing
7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home
8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something
focus feelings
Recording script
You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio
Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem
clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here
2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day
The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work
Yourself and others
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119
Unit 1 Yourself and others 9
3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone
Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days
4 You hear a man talking about reading books
Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids
5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort
Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside
Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff
Man Really Is it that bad
Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do
Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening
everywhere round here
6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy
I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy
7 You hear a woman talking about her home
Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move
back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other
And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too
8 You overhear two people talking about finding something
Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now
Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day
Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it
Man No Where was it
Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours
Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that
Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it
Exam task answers
2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B
5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect
answers as this may not be the case in other exams they
have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go
through the answers
GrammarReview of present tenses
1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty
of time to match the extracts then check the answers If
yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that
3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit
or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs
Answers
1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e
2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If
there is time you may want to ask the class why they think
each mistake has been made
Answers
1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting
5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing
3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1
If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is
a stative verb
Answers
1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)
2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)
3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)
4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)
5 belongs (stative verb)
6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)
8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)
Present simple in time clauses
4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these
clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts
we are using the present simple with future meaning as in
1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some
more examples with a variety of time expressions such as
before after or until
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219
10 Unit 1 Yourself and others
5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer
any questions about this Then give students about 20
minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in
exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in
the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and
elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time
also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to
missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)
Exam task answers
1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B
Underlining
A
(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen
(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and
enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning
and afternoon
(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I
should
B
(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715
(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the
most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of
the job
(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom
used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me
C
(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he
says lsquothatrsquos when it is
(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I
wake up
D
(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I
havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime
Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
6 Give students time to study the context of each word and
work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of
the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging
refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le
Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing
adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further
examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring
Answers
1 -ed 2 -ing
7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word
Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this
unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal
e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done
individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the
questions using the words given Check answers to the
sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some
answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each
adjective
Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2
level by English Pro1047297le
Answers
yes present simple
5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go
through the answers
Answers
1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start
5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get
6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to
write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit
some answers for each question
Suggested answers
1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money
4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework
Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time
for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos
The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text
but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra
reason for reading later on
2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions
the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text
layout Then check the answers
Answers
1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives
4 which person does or thinks particular things
5 ten 6 yes
3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the
answers to the two questions Then check the answers
Answers
1 B Assistant Sales Manager
2 A University student
3 C Website Designer
4 D Tour Guide
earliest B latest C
4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words
or sentences in the text which appear to give the right
answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises
awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers
once students have had enough time to study the three
highlighted parts
Answers
B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot
have eaten breakfast
A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he
never has breakfast
D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she
sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319
Unit 1 Yourself and others 11
Answers
1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated
6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling
8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as
many -ing -ed adjectives as they can
SpeakingPart 1
Optional activity
Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You
could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd
the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot
already know them
1 How many examiners are there
2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there
4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1
Answers
1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be
three 4 no
1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions
about future plans and ambitions and that these will be
practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that
candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while
the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose
from
Answers
1 your town
2 what you like about your town
3 your family
4 your favourite season and why
5 what you like doing on holiday
6 what you use the Internet for
(all questions are about you)
You would use the present simple to reply although in some
cases you may also need to use the present continuous for
example to say a relative is studying abroad
2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this
activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both
incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on
this then elicit the answers
Suggested answers
1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what
ways but he could have done this without being prompted
2 The verb form should be I stay
3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after
the examiner asks why without being prompted
4 The verb form should be I go
5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please
6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could
say something like because therersquos too much in them about
politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to
3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency
adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go
before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question
then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer
the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes
Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading
and Use of English and other parts of the exam
Answers
1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)
2 hardly ever
3 from time to time now and then
4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot
know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker
Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary
5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments
about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own
performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any
particular dif1047297culties
Character adjectives
6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo
or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their
personality Give students a couple of minutes each to
answer
7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English
Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have
any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right
answers They then compare their impressions of each other
using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful
not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always
bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they
do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit
answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use
modals such as could might and may to speculate about the
character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers
and point out that the language used in this activity is useful
practice for Writing later in this unit
Answers
1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical
6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive
10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised
Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives
1 Get students to note down the words and then underline
them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make
sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to
elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out
that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419
12 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Answers
reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised
thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive
ambitious unpredictable bossy
2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we
drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage
the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling
Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg
unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers
possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more
adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also
their opposites
Answers
(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky
competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish
greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic
Optional activity
Encourage discussion about whether some of these
adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics
pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious
the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class
making sure that all the words are understood
Suggested answers
lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite
reliable sympathetic
lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful
unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish
greedy dishonest impolite unpopular
lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive
emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or
negative in certain circumstances
Part 3
3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit
though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit
answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask
what students think the most common mistakes are by
speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)
Answers
1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable
6 stressful
4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and
suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the
base words although they will have to be careful which
form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may
be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level
version of Word Formation although of course in the exam
it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives
requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers
once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling
Answers
1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic
5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic
5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals
are laid out Then go through the answers
Answers
1 eight
2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the
same line
3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)
6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and
advise students to do this every time they do a Word
Formation task Explain that some answers may require
an understanding of more than one sentence or the
text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any
comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text
but not the detail
Answers
The purpose of the text is to show how different people from
the same family can be
paragraph 1 to introduce the topic
paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters
paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter
paragraph 4 to describe the son
7 Explain that students should look at the example and its
context every time they begin a Word Formation task as
this will give them an introduction to the text and also
remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class
Answers
1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)
3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e
Point out that students have already seen some form or
other of all the target words in this exam task You may
also want to give some clues or further tips before they
begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms
Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their
own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to
make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters
Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay
particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8
Exam task answers
1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional
5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519
Unit 1 Yourself and others 13
WritingPart 2 informal letter
1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit
the answers
Answers
1 an English friend Alex
2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your
best friend is what you like about him or her
3 informal
a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and
d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you
2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and
answer the questions Elicit the answers
Answers
1 yes
2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes
4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and
comments on this
Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write
back soon and give her more information
5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph
who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a
description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main
paragraph
6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road
mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted
forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly
expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon
7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic
8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always
cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc
3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to
the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best
done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo
answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work
and make suggestions where necessary especially for
question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers
4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief
notes
5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their
answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they
have already studied the task and planned their work Tell
students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of
each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to
these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2
tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity
although of course this will not be possible in the exam
itself
Model answer
Hi Alex
Itrsquos always great to hear from you
Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it
My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together
really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best
mate ever since
Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same
age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both
crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming
Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a
little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on
to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos
a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Enrique
Revision
1 Answers
1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working
2 usually eat rsquoreare having
3 rsquomam waiting seems
4 is changing are getting
5 is rsquosis always complaining
6 own donrsquot live
7 gets rsquomam thinking
2 Answers
1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic
6 cautious 7 pessimistic
3 Answers
1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable
4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive
4 Answers
1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying
5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish
9 puzzling 10 exhausted
Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619
Part 7
Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions
1 Whatrsquos the text about
2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there
Now do the exam task
Exam task
You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
earns less money than theirfriend
1
says the two of them did not likeeach other at first
2
denies that their friend is bossy 3
has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos
4
once fell out with their friend 5
shares a hobby with their friend 6
says their friend has a goodsense of humour
7
describes their friend as rather
shy
8
has a friend who is veryoptimistic
9
has a very ambitious friend 10
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen
lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in
the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually
know each other until we both took up horse riding something we
still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between
them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always
expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite
Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though
of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing
can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo
B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing
summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another
part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and
chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in
town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can
travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I
could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that
hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer
to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-
walking and readingrsquo
C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family
environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the
same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet
perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be
withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to
tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to
make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt
a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was
in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was
annoyedrsquo
D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three
years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand
to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I
realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly
when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you
get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always
has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I
often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she
lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to
the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo
4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Yourself and others1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719
5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
Grammar
Present tenses
1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous
1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my
favourite sport
2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll
arrive at 930
3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours
at work
5 When you will receive my letter please tell
Mary about this
6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he
never calls me
7 Nowadays it becomes more and more
important to have a good education
8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I
get home
9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job
10 They are the kind of people who are driving
to work every day in big cars
2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once
end get hear own rise see take try
1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road
bridge is closed
2 It harder to find a job and youth
unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term
Irsquom going away on holiday
4 Her parents are very rich They
homes in both London and New York
5 I Marcos later this evening
when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I
to sleep
7 In every part of the world the sun
in the east
8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I
the alarm clock
LISTENINGPart 1
Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many speakers will you hear
2 Will they be female or male voices
3 What is the situation
4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question
02 Now listen and do the exam task
Exam task
You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom
What does she like about it
A the way it is decorated
B the furniture in it C its size and shape
2 You overhear a conversation on a bus
Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work
3 You hear a man talking on the phone
Why is he calling
A to apologise B to ask for information
C to complain
4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman
What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars
C She hires out motorcycles
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819
6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Part 3
1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the
correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case
1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk
to you
2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are
always stressy (stress) when you do that job
3 These are my recommendations for the
most attraction (attract) places in my town
4 Suddenly I heard something strange near
the door I was terrorised (terrify)
5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)
6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear
that Marta was the winner
7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people
8 Staying at your house next week will be
really enjoyful (enjoy)
9 That festival was a completely
unorganised (organise) and dull event
10 There are some interesting and
impressing (impress) museums in this city
2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions
1 What kind of word goes between the
superlative form the most and the noun
features
2 Does this word describe how someone
feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
Now do the exam task
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 SURPRISING
Staying safe online
One of the most (0) features of the
computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other
Whereas a generation ago children would go home
after a (1) day at school and watch TV
nowadays they are likely to do something much more
(2) such as chat online with their
friends
Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What
some parents find rather (4) however is
how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have
never actually met and also the amount of information
that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see
Parents are right to be (6) but with
many children spending hours a day online it is simply
(7) for adults constantly to watch over
them All they can do is advise them to be extremely
(8) about contact with strangers and to
warn them not to put personal information such as their
phone number or home address online
SURPRISE
TIRE
SOCIETY
INCREASE
WORRY
ENTHUSIASM
ANXIETY
PRACTICE
CAUTION
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919
3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives
WRITINGPart 2 informal letter
1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions
1 Who has written to you
2 Who do they want to know about
3 What examples of informal language can
you find
Exam task
Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend
Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions
1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second
paragraph to form two shorter
paragraphs
3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal
style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the
letter
a a comparative
b a verb tense c an article
d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you
use in your letter
Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me
wersquore good friends most of the time
So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot
ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her
Hope to hear from you soon
Hi Sam
Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you
Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually
a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the
same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on
really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the
same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other
most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common
For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that
hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so
enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can
also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos
always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Matteo
7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 719
13READING AND USE OF ENGLISH UNIT 1
Forming adjectives1 Underline these prefixes and suffixes in the
words in Speaking Exercise 7 One word hasboth a prefix and a suffix
-able -al dis- -ful -ic im- -ish
-itive -ive -ous un- -y
2 Form character adjectives from these wordswith the prefixes and suffixes in Exercise 1Be careful with spelling changes
adventure aggression anxiety artistcaution cheek compete emotion
energy enthusiasm fool greed help
honest pessimist polite popular rely
respect sympathy
Part 3
3 Correct the mistakes in thesesentences written by exam candidates
1 You were a charmful host as always
2 Joey can be quite rude and unpolite3 I think that going to work or to school by
bike is very healthful4 We really enjoyed the festival in spite of
the disorganising programme
5 Irsquom helpful and sociality so Irsquod like a job
working with people
6 Sometimes shopping can be a stressing
experience
4 Complete the sentences with the correctform of the words in brackets In each caseadd a prefix andor a suffix
1 Amelia thinks shersquoll win and her family arequite (optimism) too
2 Question 9 in the quiz was quite
(challenge) but I got it right3 The team has lost every game so their
fans are feeling (depress)
4 The staff disliked the boss and they were
(sympathy) when he lost
his job
5 It was a hot day but Chloe felt
(refresh) after having a coolshower
6 People seem (enthusiasm)
about the TV show Few are watching it
5
Look at the exam task Answer these questions1 How many gaps are there in the text
2 What do you have to put in each of them
3 Does this task mainly test grammar or vocabulary
6 Quickly read the text ignoring the gaps for now What is the purposeof the text What is each paragraph about
7 Look at the example (0) Answer the questions Then do the exam task
1 What kind of word probably goes between the and thing
2 Does it describe how someone feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
4 If this suffix begins with a vowel how does fascinate change
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals at theend of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same lineThere is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 FASCINATING
Same family different people
The three children grew up in the same home but for friends of
the family the (0) thing is that now as young adults
they all have very different (1)
Grace 23 always has to be busy Ever since she was a young girl
she has been highly (2) to succeed and now that
she is working in a business environment she makes no secret of
how (3) she is her aim is to be Managing Director
before she is 30
Whereas Grace can sometimes appear rather (4)
even cold her 21-year-old sister Evie can be quite(5) to what others say particularly if their
comments are unfair But she is always kind to her friends and
(6) whenever anyone wants to talk about their
problems
Daniel just 19 is the (7) one Hersquos mad about
sports like rock climbing snowboarding and motorcycling
He takes too many risks and he gives his family some
(8) moments but somehow he always manages to
get home safely
FASCINATE
PERSONAL
MOTIVATE
AMBITION
EMOTION
SENSE
SYMPATHY
ADVENTURE
ANXIETY
Quick steps to Reading and Use of English Part 3
Read the text quickly to find out its purpose and main points
Look at each word in capitals then the words next to the gap Do youneed a noun an adjec tive or another part of speech
Does the word in capitals need more than one change
1 READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 819
14 UNIT 1 WRITING
Part 2 informal letter1 Look at the exam task and answer these
questions
1 Who has written to you
2 What does this person want you to do
3 What style is the extract from the letter
written in Find examples of the following a contrac ted forms eg Irsquom
b short common words eg got
c simple linking words eg because
d informal punctuation eg dash (ndash)
e friendly expressions eg tell me
Exam task
This is part of an email from an English friendAlex
Write your email to Alex in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
P age 90 2
Read the model letter and answer these questions1 Is Lydiarsquos letter the right length2 Has she made any language mistakes3 How does she open and close her message
4 What does she talk about in her introduction and conclusion
5 Does she answer all of Alexrsquos questions In which main paragraphs
6 What examples of informal language can you find
7 What character adjectives does she use8 Which phrases of hers might be particularly useful when you write
other letters
3 Think about these questions and note down some ideas for your ownletter to Alex
1 What does friendship mean to you
2 How often do you see your friends3 Who are you going to write about4 How long have you known each other
5 Which character adjectives best descr ibe your friend
4 Make a plan for your letter Put your best ideas from Exercise 3 underthese headings 1 Friends in general 2 Best friend who 3 Best friend why Then add some details such as the personrsquos age or job You couldput the points under each heading into main paragraphs 1 2 and 3
5 Write your letter When you have finished check it for the following
correct length
all the content asked for in the instructions
good organisation into paragraphs
correct grammar spelling and punctuation suitable style of language
Dear Alex
Many thanks for your message It was great to hear from youThe first thing I want to say is that I completely agree with you about friends I see some of
mine almost every day and I really miss them when theyrsquore away
My closest friend is Nicole whorsquos also a student is the same age as me and lives just
down the road Wersquove been best mates for many years and we tell each other everything
but I think wersquove got quite dif ferent personalities
For instance I can be a bit indecisive at times but shersquos very practical and gets everything
done quickly Shersquos not bossy though In fact shersquos really thoughtful Whenever I get upset
shersquos always sympathetic and then she finds a way to cheer me up ndash shersquos got a wonderful
sense of humour
I hope one day you can get to know her and that I have the chance to meet your friends
too Please tell me more about them in your next letter Write soon
Best wishesLydia
Irsquom lucky because Irsquove got really good friends ndash especially
those Irsquove known since I was a kid I donrsquot know what Irsquod
do without them So tell me how important are friends to
you Whorsquos your best friend and what do you like about
him or her
Looking forward to hearing from you soon
Quick steps to writing a Part 2 informalletter
Look at the task including any text anddecide who you are writing to why andwhich points to include
Note down ideas and decide how manymain paragraphs you will need Then putyour ideas under paragraph headings
Begin Dear (friendrsquos first name) and thankthem for their last message
Keep to your plan and use informallanguage throughout
Close in a friendly way asking them to writeback End Lots of love Best wishes etc
Make sure you leave enough time at the end to check your letter formistakes
Exam tip
WRITING1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 919
See the CD-ROM for more practice
1
Complete the sentences with the presentsimple or present continuous form of theverbs in brackets
1 This summer I (stay) at the
seaside and I (work) in a
local shop in the mornings
2 My friends (usually eat) at
home but this evening they
(have) dinner in a restaurant
3 Hi I (wait) to get onto the
plane but there (seem) to be
a delay
4 The climate (change) all
the time and the temperatures here
(get) higher every year
5 Natalie (be) quite annoying
She (always complain) about
something
6 My grandparents (own)
a house in the village though they
(not live) there any more
7 This far north it (get)dark very early at this time of year so
I (think) of spending the
winter in Australia
2 Add a prefix or suffix to these words andcomplete the sentences
artist caution energy greed honest
pessimism polite
1 Martin always eats too much food Hersquos
really
2 Itrsquos to take things from a
shop without paying for them
3 The quality of these drawings and
paintings shows how
Alexia is
4 If someone helps you itrsquosnot to say lsquothank yoursquo
5 Paola is usually quite but
she doesnrsquot feel like doing sports today
6 Jerry likes to take risks but his brother
Anton is a much more boy
7 Irsquom sorry to be so but I just
know wersquore going to lose this game
3
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets1 Terry is quite (predict) You never know what hersquos going
to do next
2 I thanked my friends for being so (sympathy) when Ihad to go into hospital
3 Itrsquos (reason) to expect people to do all your work for
you
4 Going up that mountain is quite (challenge) even for
an expert climber
5 It was (thought) of you to remember my motherrsquos
birthday
6 To succeed in business you have to be (decision) and
not keep changing your mind
4 Read the text below Use the word given in capitals at the end of someof the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line
In the morning I normally take the underground At
that time of day itrsquos crowded you have to stand and itrsquos
certainly not a (1) way to travel But the
service is quick frequent and (2) which
makes it by far the most (3) way to get
across the city in the rush hour
Occasionally though I travel into town in a friendrsquos car
to go shopping and quite honestly I often 1047297nd it an
absolutely (4) experience Every time we
get onto the ring road Irsquom (5) by the waypeople behave when they drive a car Some are extremely
(6) driving straight at you to make you
get out of their way while others are (7)
trying to have races with other drivers all the time They
just seem (8) to me
What I 1047297nd most (9) about this is the
fact that by the time they actually get to their of1047297ces
theyrsquore probably too (10) to do a proper
dayrsquos work
RELAX
RELY
PRACTICE
TERRIFY
ASTONISH
AGGRESSION
COMPETE
CHILD
PUZZLE
EXHAUST
REVISION UNIT 1 15
REVISION1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019
8 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present
simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y
READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading
studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas
planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script
SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples
ListeningPart 1
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo
discussion time Then ask students for their overall
1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance
between workstudy and relaxation
Optional activity
Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that
students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the
following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already
know them
1 How many extracts will you hear
2 Is there any connection between the extracts
3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence
about each speaker and situation
4 Do you both read and hear each question
Answers
1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no
2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in
Exercise 3 Check the answers
Answers
1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street
2 the focus is place
3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in
Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within
the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this
task type there are always two distractors for each question
Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A
and B are wrong then elicit the answers
Answers
C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the
people who live there are not at home and by the look of the
place indicates that the reporter is outside the house
B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury
hotel in the city centre so he is not there
A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about
someone else (the TV crews )
4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory
sentence and question of each item not the options If they
1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on
the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and
suggest that students ask themselves these questions every
time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to
work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone
as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording
through without pausing
Answers
2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus
feelingsattitude
3 one female making a phone call focus purpose
4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason
5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus
person
6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos
doing
7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home
8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something
focus feelings
Recording script
You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio
Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem
clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here
2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day
The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work
Yourself and others
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119
Unit 1 Yourself and others 9
3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone
Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days
4 You hear a man talking about reading books
Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids
5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort
Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside
Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff
Man Really Is it that bad
Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do
Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening
everywhere round here
6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy
I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy
7 You hear a woman talking about her home
Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move
back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other
And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too
8 You overhear two people talking about finding something
Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now
Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day
Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it
Man No Where was it
Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours
Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that
Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it
Exam task answers
2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B
5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect
answers as this may not be the case in other exams they
have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go
through the answers
GrammarReview of present tenses
1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty
of time to match the extracts then check the answers If
yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that
3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit
or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs
Answers
1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e
2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If
there is time you may want to ask the class why they think
each mistake has been made
Answers
1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting
5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing
3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1
If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is
a stative verb
Answers
1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)
2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)
3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)
4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)
5 belongs (stative verb)
6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)
8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)
Present simple in time clauses
4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these
clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts
we are using the present simple with future meaning as in
1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some
more examples with a variety of time expressions such as
before after or until
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219
10 Unit 1 Yourself and others
5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer
any questions about this Then give students about 20
minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in
exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in
the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and
elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time
also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to
missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)
Exam task answers
1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B
Underlining
A
(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen
(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and
enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning
and afternoon
(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I
should
B
(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715
(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the
most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of
the job
(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom
used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me
C
(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he
says lsquothatrsquos when it is
(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I
wake up
D
(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I
havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime
Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
6 Give students time to study the context of each word and
work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of
the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging
refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le
Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing
adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further
examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring
Answers
1 -ed 2 -ing
7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word
Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this
unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal
e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done
individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the
questions using the words given Check answers to the
sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some
answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each
adjective
Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2
level by English Pro1047297le
Answers
yes present simple
5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go
through the answers
Answers
1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start
5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get
6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to
write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit
some answers for each question
Suggested answers
1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money
4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework
Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time
for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos
The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text
but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra
reason for reading later on
2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions
the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text
layout Then check the answers
Answers
1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives
4 which person does or thinks particular things
5 ten 6 yes
3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the
answers to the two questions Then check the answers
Answers
1 B Assistant Sales Manager
2 A University student
3 C Website Designer
4 D Tour Guide
earliest B latest C
4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words
or sentences in the text which appear to give the right
answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises
awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers
once students have had enough time to study the three
highlighted parts
Answers
B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot
have eaten breakfast
A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he
never has breakfast
D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she
sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319
Unit 1 Yourself and others 11
Answers
1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated
6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling
8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as
many -ing -ed adjectives as they can
SpeakingPart 1
Optional activity
Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You
could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd
the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot
already know them
1 How many examiners are there
2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there
4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1
Answers
1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be
three 4 no
1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions
about future plans and ambitions and that these will be
practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that
candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while
the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose
from
Answers
1 your town
2 what you like about your town
3 your family
4 your favourite season and why
5 what you like doing on holiday
6 what you use the Internet for
(all questions are about you)
You would use the present simple to reply although in some
cases you may also need to use the present continuous for
example to say a relative is studying abroad
2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this
activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both
incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on
this then elicit the answers
Suggested answers
1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what
ways but he could have done this without being prompted
2 The verb form should be I stay
3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after
the examiner asks why without being prompted
4 The verb form should be I go
5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please
6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could
say something like because therersquos too much in them about
politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to
3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency
adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go
before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question
then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer
the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes
Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading
and Use of English and other parts of the exam
Answers
1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)
2 hardly ever
3 from time to time now and then
4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot
know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker
Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary
5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments
about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own
performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any
particular dif1047297culties
Character adjectives
6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo
or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their
personality Give students a couple of minutes each to
answer
7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English
Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have
any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right
answers They then compare their impressions of each other
using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful
not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always
bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they
do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit
answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use
modals such as could might and may to speculate about the
character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers
and point out that the language used in this activity is useful
practice for Writing later in this unit
Answers
1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical
6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive
10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised
Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives
1 Get students to note down the words and then underline
them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make
sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to
elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out
that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419
12 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Answers
reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised
thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive
ambitious unpredictable bossy
2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we
drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage
the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling
Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg
unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers
possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more
adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also
their opposites
Answers
(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky
competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish
greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic
Optional activity
Encourage discussion about whether some of these
adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics
pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious
the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class
making sure that all the words are understood
Suggested answers
lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite
reliable sympathetic
lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful
unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish
greedy dishonest impolite unpopular
lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive
emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or
negative in certain circumstances
Part 3
3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit
though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit
answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask
what students think the most common mistakes are by
speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)
Answers
1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable
6 stressful
4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and
suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the
base words although they will have to be careful which
form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may
be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level
version of Word Formation although of course in the exam
it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives
requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers
once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling
Answers
1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic
5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic
5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals
are laid out Then go through the answers
Answers
1 eight
2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the
same line
3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)
6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and
advise students to do this every time they do a Word
Formation task Explain that some answers may require
an understanding of more than one sentence or the
text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any
comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text
but not the detail
Answers
The purpose of the text is to show how different people from
the same family can be
paragraph 1 to introduce the topic
paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters
paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter
paragraph 4 to describe the son
7 Explain that students should look at the example and its
context every time they begin a Word Formation task as
this will give them an introduction to the text and also
remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class
Answers
1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)
3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e
Point out that students have already seen some form or
other of all the target words in this exam task You may
also want to give some clues or further tips before they
begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms
Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their
own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to
make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters
Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay
particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8
Exam task answers
1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional
5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519
Unit 1 Yourself and others 13
WritingPart 2 informal letter
1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit
the answers
Answers
1 an English friend Alex
2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your
best friend is what you like about him or her
3 informal
a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and
d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you
2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and
answer the questions Elicit the answers
Answers
1 yes
2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes
4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and
comments on this
Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write
back soon and give her more information
5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph
who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a
description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main
paragraph
6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road
mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted
forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly
expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon
7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic
8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always
cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc
3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to
the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best
done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo
answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work
and make suggestions where necessary especially for
question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers
4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief
notes
5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their
answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they
have already studied the task and planned their work Tell
students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of
each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to
these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2
tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity
although of course this will not be possible in the exam
itself
Model answer
Hi Alex
Itrsquos always great to hear from you
Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it
My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together
really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best
mate ever since
Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same
age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both
crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming
Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a
little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on
to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos
a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Enrique
Revision
1 Answers
1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working
2 usually eat rsquoreare having
3 rsquomam waiting seems
4 is changing are getting
5 is rsquosis always complaining
6 own donrsquot live
7 gets rsquomam thinking
2 Answers
1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic
6 cautious 7 pessimistic
3 Answers
1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable
4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive
4 Answers
1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying
5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish
9 puzzling 10 exhausted
Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619
Part 7
Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions
1 Whatrsquos the text about
2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there
Now do the exam task
Exam task
You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
earns less money than theirfriend
1
says the two of them did not likeeach other at first
2
denies that their friend is bossy 3
has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos
4
once fell out with their friend 5
shares a hobby with their friend 6
says their friend has a goodsense of humour
7
describes their friend as rather
shy
8
has a friend who is veryoptimistic
9
has a very ambitious friend 10
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen
lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in
the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually
know each other until we both took up horse riding something we
still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between
them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always
expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite
Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though
of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing
can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo
B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing
summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another
part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and
chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in
town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can
travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I
could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that
hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer
to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-
walking and readingrsquo
C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family
environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the
same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet
perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be
withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to
tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to
make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt
a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was
in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was
annoyedrsquo
D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three
years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand
to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I
realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly
when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you
get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always
has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I
often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she
lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to
the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo
4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Yourself and others1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719
5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
Grammar
Present tenses
1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous
1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my
favourite sport
2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll
arrive at 930
3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours
at work
5 When you will receive my letter please tell
Mary about this
6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he
never calls me
7 Nowadays it becomes more and more
important to have a good education
8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I
get home
9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job
10 They are the kind of people who are driving
to work every day in big cars
2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once
end get hear own rise see take try
1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road
bridge is closed
2 It harder to find a job and youth
unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term
Irsquom going away on holiday
4 Her parents are very rich They
homes in both London and New York
5 I Marcos later this evening
when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I
to sleep
7 In every part of the world the sun
in the east
8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I
the alarm clock
LISTENINGPart 1
Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many speakers will you hear
2 Will they be female or male voices
3 What is the situation
4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question
02 Now listen and do the exam task
Exam task
You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom
What does she like about it
A the way it is decorated
B the furniture in it C its size and shape
2 You overhear a conversation on a bus
Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work
3 You hear a man talking on the phone
Why is he calling
A to apologise B to ask for information
C to complain
4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman
What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars
C She hires out motorcycles
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819
6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Part 3
1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the
correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case
1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk
to you
2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are
always stressy (stress) when you do that job
3 These are my recommendations for the
most attraction (attract) places in my town
4 Suddenly I heard something strange near
the door I was terrorised (terrify)
5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)
6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear
that Marta was the winner
7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people
8 Staying at your house next week will be
really enjoyful (enjoy)
9 That festival was a completely
unorganised (organise) and dull event
10 There are some interesting and
impressing (impress) museums in this city
2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions
1 What kind of word goes between the
superlative form the most and the noun
features
2 Does this word describe how someone
feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
Now do the exam task
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 SURPRISING
Staying safe online
One of the most (0) features of the
computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other
Whereas a generation ago children would go home
after a (1) day at school and watch TV
nowadays they are likely to do something much more
(2) such as chat online with their
friends
Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What
some parents find rather (4) however is
how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have
never actually met and also the amount of information
that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see
Parents are right to be (6) but with
many children spending hours a day online it is simply
(7) for adults constantly to watch over
them All they can do is advise them to be extremely
(8) about contact with strangers and to
warn them not to put personal information such as their
phone number or home address online
SURPRISE
TIRE
SOCIETY
INCREASE
WORRY
ENTHUSIASM
ANXIETY
PRACTICE
CAUTION
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919
3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives
WRITINGPart 2 informal letter
1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions
1 Who has written to you
2 Who do they want to know about
3 What examples of informal language can
you find
Exam task
Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend
Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions
1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second
paragraph to form two shorter
paragraphs
3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal
style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the
letter
a a comparative
b a verb tense c an article
d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you
use in your letter
Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me
wersquore good friends most of the time
So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot
ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her
Hope to hear from you soon
Hi Sam
Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you
Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually
a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the
same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on
really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the
same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other
most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common
For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that
hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so
enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can
also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos
always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Matteo
7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 819
14 UNIT 1 WRITING
Part 2 informal letter1 Look at the exam task and answer these
questions
1 Who has written to you
2 What does this person want you to do
3 What style is the extract from the letter
written in Find examples of the following a contrac ted forms eg Irsquom
b short common words eg got
c simple linking words eg because
d informal punctuation eg dash (ndash)
e friendly expressions eg tell me
Exam task
This is part of an email from an English friendAlex
Write your email to Alex in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
P age 90 2
Read the model letter and answer these questions1 Is Lydiarsquos letter the right length2 Has she made any language mistakes3 How does she open and close her message
4 What does she talk about in her introduction and conclusion
5 Does she answer all of Alexrsquos questions In which main paragraphs
6 What examples of informal language can you find
7 What character adjectives does she use8 Which phrases of hers might be particularly useful when you write
other letters
3 Think about these questions and note down some ideas for your ownletter to Alex
1 What does friendship mean to you
2 How often do you see your friends3 Who are you going to write about4 How long have you known each other
5 Which character adjectives best descr ibe your friend
4 Make a plan for your letter Put your best ideas from Exercise 3 underthese headings 1 Friends in general 2 Best friend who 3 Best friend why Then add some details such as the personrsquos age or job You couldput the points under each heading into main paragraphs 1 2 and 3
5 Write your letter When you have finished check it for the following
correct length
all the content asked for in the instructions
good organisation into paragraphs
correct grammar spelling and punctuation suitable style of language
Dear Alex
Many thanks for your message It was great to hear from youThe first thing I want to say is that I completely agree with you about friends I see some of
mine almost every day and I really miss them when theyrsquore away
My closest friend is Nicole whorsquos also a student is the same age as me and lives just
down the road Wersquove been best mates for many years and we tell each other everything
but I think wersquove got quite dif ferent personalities
For instance I can be a bit indecisive at times but shersquos very practical and gets everything
done quickly Shersquos not bossy though In fact shersquos really thoughtful Whenever I get upset
shersquos always sympathetic and then she finds a way to cheer me up ndash shersquos got a wonderful
sense of humour
I hope one day you can get to know her and that I have the chance to meet your friends
too Please tell me more about them in your next letter Write soon
Best wishesLydia
Irsquom lucky because Irsquove got really good friends ndash especially
those Irsquove known since I was a kid I donrsquot know what Irsquod
do without them So tell me how important are friends to
you Whorsquos your best friend and what do you like about
him or her
Looking forward to hearing from you soon
Quick steps to writing a Part 2 informalletter
Look at the task including any text anddecide who you are writing to why andwhich points to include
Note down ideas and decide how manymain paragraphs you will need Then putyour ideas under paragraph headings
Begin Dear (friendrsquos first name) and thankthem for their last message
Keep to your plan and use informallanguage throughout
Close in a friendly way asking them to writeback End Lots of love Best wishes etc
Make sure you leave enough time at the end to check your letter formistakes
Exam tip
WRITING1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 919
See the CD-ROM for more practice
1
Complete the sentences with the presentsimple or present continuous form of theverbs in brackets
1 This summer I (stay) at the
seaside and I (work) in a
local shop in the mornings
2 My friends (usually eat) at
home but this evening they
(have) dinner in a restaurant
3 Hi I (wait) to get onto the
plane but there (seem) to be
a delay
4 The climate (change) all
the time and the temperatures here
(get) higher every year
5 Natalie (be) quite annoying
She (always complain) about
something
6 My grandparents (own)
a house in the village though they
(not live) there any more
7 This far north it (get)dark very early at this time of year so
I (think) of spending the
winter in Australia
2 Add a prefix or suffix to these words andcomplete the sentences
artist caution energy greed honest
pessimism polite
1 Martin always eats too much food Hersquos
really
2 Itrsquos to take things from a
shop without paying for them
3 The quality of these drawings and
paintings shows how
Alexia is
4 If someone helps you itrsquosnot to say lsquothank yoursquo
5 Paola is usually quite but
she doesnrsquot feel like doing sports today
6 Jerry likes to take risks but his brother
Anton is a much more boy
7 Irsquom sorry to be so but I just
know wersquore going to lose this game
3
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets1 Terry is quite (predict) You never know what hersquos going
to do next
2 I thanked my friends for being so (sympathy) when Ihad to go into hospital
3 Itrsquos (reason) to expect people to do all your work for
you
4 Going up that mountain is quite (challenge) even for
an expert climber
5 It was (thought) of you to remember my motherrsquos
birthday
6 To succeed in business you have to be (decision) and
not keep changing your mind
4 Read the text below Use the word given in capitals at the end of someof the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line
In the morning I normally take the underground At
that time of day itrsquos crowded you have to stand and itrsquos
certainly not a (1) way to travel But the
service is quick frequent and (2) which
makes it by far the most (3) way to get
across the city in the rush hour
Occasionally though I travel into town in a friendrsquos car
to go shopping and quite honestly I often 1047297nd it an
absolutely (4) experience Every time we
get onto the ring road Irsquom (5) by the waypeople behave when they drive a car Some are extremely
(6) driving straight at you to make you
get out of their way while others are (7)
trying to have races with other drivers all the time They
just seem (8) to me
What I 1047297nd most (9) about this is the
fact that by the time they actually get to their of1047297ces
theyrsquore probably too (10) to do a proper
dayrsquos work
RELAX
RELY
PRACTICE
TERRIFY
ASTONISH
AGGRESSION
COMPETE
CHILD
PUZZLE
EXHAUST
REVISION UNIT 1 15
REVISION1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019
8 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present
simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y
READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading
studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas
planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script
SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples
ListeningPart 1
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo
discussion time Then ask students for their overall
1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance
between workstudy and relaxation
Optional activity
Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that
students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the
following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already
know them
1 How many extracts will you hear
2 Is there any connection between the extracts
3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence
about each speaker and situation
4 Do you both read and hear each question
Answers
1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no
2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in
Exercise 3 Check the answers
Answers
1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street
2 the focus is place
3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in
Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within
the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this
task type there are always two distractors for each question
Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A
and B are wrong then elicit the answers
Answers
C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the
people who live there are not at home and by the look of the
place indicates that the reporter is outside the house
B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury
hotel in the city centre so he is not there
A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about
someone else (the TV crews )
4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory
sentence and question of each item not the options If they
1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on
the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and
suggest that students ask themselves these questions every
time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to
work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone
as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording
through without pausing
Answers
2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus
feelingsattitude
3 one female making a phone call focus purpose
4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason
5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus
person
6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos
doing
7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home
8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something
focus feelings
Recording script
You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio
Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem
clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here
2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day
The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work
Yourself and others
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119
Unit 1 Yourself and others 9
3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone
Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days
4 You hear a man talking about reading books
Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids
5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort
Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside
Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff
Man Really Is it that bad
Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do
Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening
everywhere round here
6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy
I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy
7 You hear a woman talking about her home
Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move
back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other
And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too
8 You overhear two people talking about finding something
Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now
Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day
Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it
Man No Where was it
Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours
Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that
Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it
Exam task answers
2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B
5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect
answers as this may not be the case in other exams they
have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go
through the answers
GrammarReview of present tenses
1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty
of time to match the extracts then check the answers If
yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that
3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit
or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs
Answers
1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e
2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If
there is time you may want to ask the class why they think
each mistake has been made
Answers
1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting
5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing
3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1
If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is
a stative verb
Answers
1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)
2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)
3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)
4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)
5 belongs (stative verb)
6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)
8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)
Present simple in time clauses
4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these
clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts
we are using the present simple with future meaning as in
1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some
more examples with a variety of time expressions such as
before after or until
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219
10 Unit 1 Yourself and others
5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer
any questions about this Then give students about 20
minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in
exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in
the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and
elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time
also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to
missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)
Exam task answers
1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B
Underlining
A
(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen
(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and
enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning
and afternoon
(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I
should
B
(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715
(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the
most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of
the job
(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom
used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me
C
(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he
says lsquothatrsquos when it is
(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I
wake up
D
(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I
havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime
Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
6 Give students time to study the context of each word and
work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of
the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging
refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le
Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing
adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further
examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring
Answers
1 -ed 2 -ing
7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word
Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this
unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal
e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done
individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the
questions using the words given Check answers to the
sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some
answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each
adjective
Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2
level by English Pro1047297le
Answers
yes present simple
5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go
through the answers
Answers
1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start
5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get
6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to
write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit
some answers for each question
Suggested answers
1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money
4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework
Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time
for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos
The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text
but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra
reason for reading later on
2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions
the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text
layout Then check the answers
Answers
1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives
4 which person does or thinks particular things
5 ten 6 yes
3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the
answers to the two questions Then check the answers
Answers
1 B Assistant Sales Manager
2 A University student
3 C Website Designer
4 D Tour Guide
earliest B latest C
4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words
or sentences in the text which appear to give the right
answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises
awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers
once students have had enough time to study the three
highlighted parts
Answers
B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot
have eaten breakfast
A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he
never has breakfast
D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she
sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319
Unit 1 Yourself and others 11
Answers
1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated
6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling
8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as
many -ing -ed adjectives as they can
SpeakingPart 1
Optional activity
Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You
could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd
the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot
already know them
1 How many examiners are there
2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there
4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1
Answers
1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be
three 4 no
1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions
about future plans and ambitions and that these will be
practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that
candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while
the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose
from
Answers
1 your town
2 what you like about your town
3 your family
4 your favourite season and why
5 what you like doing on holiday
6 what you use the Internet for
(all questions are about you)
You would use the present simple to reply although in some
cases you may also need to use the present continuous for
example to say a relative is studying abroad
2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this
activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both
incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on
this then elicit the answers
Suggested answers
1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what
ways but he could have done this without being prompted
2 The verb form should be I stay
3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after
the examiner asks why without being prompted
4 The verb form should be I go
5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please
6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could
say something like because therersquos too much in them about
politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to
3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency
adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go
before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question
then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer
the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes
Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading
and Use of English and other parts of the exam
Answers
1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)
2 hardly ever
3 from time to time now and then
4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot
know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker
Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary
5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments
about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own
performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any
particular dif1047297culties
Character adjectives
6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo
or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their
personality Give students a couple of minutes each to
answer
7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English
Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have
any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right
answers They then compare their impressions of each other
using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful
not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always
bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they
do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit
answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use
modals such as could might and may to speculate about the
character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers
and point out that the language used in this activity is useful
practice for Writing later in this unit
Answers
1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical
6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive
10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised
Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives
1 Get students to note down the words and then underline
them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make
sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to
elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out
that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419
12 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Answers
reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised
thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive
ambitious unpredictable bossy
2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we
drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage
the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling
Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg
unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers
possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more
adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also
their opposites
Answers
(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky
competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish
greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic
Optional activity
Encourage discussion about whether some of these
adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics
pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious
the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class
making sure that all the words are understood
Suggested answers
lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite
reliable sympathetic
lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful
unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish
greedy dishonest impolite unpopular
lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive
emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or
negative in certain circumstances
Part 3
3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit
though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit
answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask
what students think the most common mistakes are by
speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)
Answers
1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable
6 stressful
4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and
suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the
base words although they will have to be careful which
form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may
be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level
version of Word Formation although of course in the exam
it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives
requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers
once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling
Answers
1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic
5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic
5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals
are laid out Then go through the answers
Answers
1 eight
2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the
same line
3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)
6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and
advise students to do this every time they do a Word
Formation task Explain that some answers may require
an understanding of more than one sentence or the
text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any
comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text
but not the detail
Answers
The purpose of the text is to show how different people from
the same family can be
paragraph 1 to introduce the topic
paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters
paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter
paragraph 4 to describe the son
7 Explain that students should look at the example and its
context every time they begin a Word Formation task as
this will give them an introduction to the text and also
remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class
Answers
1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)
3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e
Point out that students have already seen some form or
other of all the target words in this exam task You may
also want to give some clues or further tips before they
begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms
Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their
own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to
make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters
Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay
particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8
Exam task answers
1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional
5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519
Unit 1 Yourself and others 13
WritingPart 2 informal letter
1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit
the answers
Answers
1 an English friend Alex
2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your
best friend is what you like about him or her
3 informal
a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and
d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you
2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and
answer the questions Elicit the answers
Answers
1 yes
2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes
4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and
comments on this
Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write
back soon and give her more information
5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph
who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a
description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main
paragraph
6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road
mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted
forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly
expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon
7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic
8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always
cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc
3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to
the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best
done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo
answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work
and make suggestions where necessary especially for
question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers
4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief
notes
5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their
answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they
have already studied the task and planned their work Tell
students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of
each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to
these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2
tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity
although of course this will not be possible in the exam
itself
Model answer
Hi Alex
Itrsquos always great to hear from you
Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it
My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together
really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best
mate ever since
Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same
age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both
crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming
Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a
little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on
to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos
a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Enrique
Revision
1 Answers
1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working
2 usually eat rsquoreare having
3 rsquomam waiting seems
4 is changing are getting
5 is rsquosis always complaining
6 own donrsquot live
7 gets rsquomam thinking
2 Answers
1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic
6 cautious 7 pessimistic
3 Answers
1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable
4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive
4 Answers
1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying
5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish
9 puzzling 10 exhausted
Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619
Part 7
Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions
1 Whatrsquos the text about
2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there
Now do the exam task
Exam task
You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
earns less money than theirfriend
1
says the two of them did not likeeach other at first
2
denies that their friend is bossy 3
has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos
4
once fell out with their friend 5
shares a hobby with their friend 6
says their friend has a goodsense of humour
7
describes their friend as rather
shy
8
has a friend who is veryoptimistic
9
has a very ambitious friend 10
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen
lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in
the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually
know each other until we both took up horse riding something we
still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between
them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always
expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite
Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though
of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing
can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo
B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing
summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another
part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and
chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in
town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can
travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I
could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that
hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer
to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-
walking and readingrsquo
C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family
environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the
same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet
perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be
withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to
tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to
make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt
a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was
in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was
annoyedrsquo
D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three
years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand
to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I
realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly
when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you
get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always
has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I
often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she
lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to
the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo
4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Yourself and others1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719
5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
Grammar
Present tenses
1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous
1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my
favourite sport
2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll
arrive at 930
3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours
at work
5 When you will receive my letter please tell
Mary about this
6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he
never calls me
7 Nowadays it becomes more and more
important to have a good education
8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I
get home
9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job
10 They are the kind of people who are driving
to work every day in big cars
2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once
end get hear own rise see take try
1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road
bridge is closed
2 It harder to find a job and youth
unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term
Irsquom going away on holiday
4 Her parents are very rich They
homes in both London and New York
5 I Marcos later this evening
when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I
to sleep
7 In every part of the world the sun
in the east
8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I
the alarm clock
LISTENINGPart 1
Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many speakers will you hear
2 Will they be female or male voices
3 What is the situation
4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question
02 Now listen and do the exam task
Exam task
You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom
What does she like about it
A the way it is decorated
B the furniture in it C its size and shape
2 You overhear a conversation on a bus
Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work
3 You hear a man talking on the phone
Why is he calling
A to apologise B to ask for information
C to complain
4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman
What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars
C She hires out motorcycles
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819
6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Part 3
1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the
correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case
1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk
to you
2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are
always stressy (stress) when you do that job
3 These are my recommendations for the
most attraction (attract) places in my town
4 Suddenly I heard something strange near
the door I was terrorised (terrify)
5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)
6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear
that Marta was the winner
7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people
8 Staying at your house next week will be
really enjoyful (enjoy)
9 That festival was a completely
unorganised (organise) and dull event
10 There are some interesting and
impressing (impress) museums in this city
2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions
1 What kind of word goes between the
superlative form the most and the noun
features
2 Does this word describe how someone
feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
Now do the exam task
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 SURPRISING
Staying safe online
One of the most (0) features of the
computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other
Whereas a generation ago children would go home
after a (1) day at school and watch TV
nowadays they are likely to do something much more
(2) such as chat online with their
friends
Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What
some parents find rather (4) however is
how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have
never actually met and also the amount of information
that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see
Parents are right to be (6) but with
many children spending hours a day online it is simply
(7) for adults constantly to watch over
them All they can do is advise them to be extremely
(8) about contact with strangers and to
warn them not to put personal information such as their
phone number or home address online
SURPRISE
TIRE
SOCIETY
INCREASE
WORRY
ENTHUSIASM
ANXIETY
PRACTICE
CAUTION
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919
3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives
WRITINGPart 2 informal letter
1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions
1 Who has written to you
2 Who do they want to know about
3 What examples of informal language can
you find
Exam task
Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend
Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions
1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second
paragraph to form two shorter
paragraphs
3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal
style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the
letter
a a comparative
b a verb tense c an article
d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you
use in your letter
Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me
wersquore good friends most of the time
So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot
ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her
Hope to hear from you soon
Hi Sam
Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you
Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually
a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the
same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on
really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the
same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other
most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common
For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that
hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so
enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can
also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos
always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Matteo
7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 919
See the CD-ROM for more practice
1
Complete the sentences with the presentsimple or present continuous form of theverbs in brackets
1 This summer I (stay) at the
seaside and I (work) in a
local shop in the mornings
2 My friends (usually eat) at
home but this evening they
(have) dinner in a restaurant
3 Hi I (wait) to get onto the
plane but there (seem) to be
a delay
4 The climate (change) all
the time and the temperatures here
(get) higher every year
5 Natalie (be) quite annoying
She (always complain) about
something
6 My grandparents (own)
a house in the village though they
(not live) there any more
7 This far north it (get)dark very early at this time of year so
I (think) of spending the
winter in Australia
2 Add a prefix or suffix to these words andcomplete the sentences
artist caution energy greed honest
pessimism polite
1 Martin always eats too much food Hersquos
really
2 Itrsquos to take things from a
shop without paying for them
3 The quality of these drawings and
paintings shows how
Alexia is
4 If someone helps you itrsquosnot to say lsquothank yoursquo
5 Paola is usually quite but
she doesnrsquot feel like doing sports today
6 Jerry likes to take risks but his brother
Anton is a much more boy
7 Irsquom sorry to be so but I just
know wersquore going to lose this game
3
Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in brackets1 Terry is quite (predict) You never know what hersquos going
to do next
2 I thanked my friends for being so (sympathy) when Ihad to go into hospital
3 Itrsquos (reason) to expect people to do all your work for
you
4 Going up that mountain is quite (challenge) even for
an expert climber
5 It was (thought) of you to remember my motherrsquos
birthday
6 To succeed in business you have to be (decision) and
not keep changing your mind
4 Read the text below Use the word given in capitals at the end of someof the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line
In the morning I normally take the underground At
that time of day itrsquos crowded you have to stand and itrsquos
certainly not a (1) way to travel But the
service is quick frequent and (2) which
makes it by far the most (3) way to get
across the city in the rush hour
Occasionally though I travel into town in a friendrsquos car
to go shopping and quite honestly I often 1047297nd it an
absolutely (4) experience Every time we
get onto the ring road Irsquom (5) by the waypeople behave when they drive a car Some are extremely
(6) driving straight at you to make you
get out of their way while others are (7)
trying to have races with other drivers all the time They
just seem (8) to me
What I 1047297nd most (9) about this is the
fact that by the time they actually get to their of1047297ces
theyrsquore probably too (10) to do a proper
dayrsquos work
RELAX
RELY
PRACTICE
TERRIFY
ASTONISH
AGGRESSION
COMPETE
CHILD
PUZZLE
EXHAUST
REVISION UNIT 1 15
REVISION1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019
8 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present
simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y
READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading
studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas
planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script
SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples
ListeningPart 1
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo
discussion time Then ask students for their overall
1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance
between workstudy and relaxation
Optional activity
Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that
students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the
following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already
know them
1 How many extracts will you hear
2 Is there any connection between the extracts
3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence
about each speaker and situation
4 Do you both read and hear each question
Answers
1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no
2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in
Exercise 3 Check the answers
Answers
1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street
2 the focus is place
3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in
Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within
the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this
task type there are always two distractors for each question
Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A
and B are wrong then elicit the answers
Answers
C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the
people who live there are not at home and by the look of the
place indicates that the reporter is outside the house
B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury
hotel in the city centre so he is not there
A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about
someone else (the TV crews )
4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory
sentence and question of each item not the options If they
1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on
the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and
suggest that students ask themselves these questions every
time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to
work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone
as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording
through without pausing
Answers
2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus
feelingsattitude
3 one female making a phone call focus purpose
4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason
5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus
person
6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos
doing
7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home
8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something
focus feelings
Recording script
You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio
Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem
clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here
2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day
The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work
Yourself and others
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119
Unit 1 Yourself and others 9
3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone
Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days
4 You hear a man talking about reading books
Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids
5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort
Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside
Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff
Man Really Is it that bad
Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do
Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening
everywhere round here
6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy
I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy
7 You hear a woman talking about her home
Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move
back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other
And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too
8 You overhear two people talking about finding something
Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now
Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day
Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it
Man No Where was it
Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours
Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that
Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it
Exam task answers
2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B
5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect
answers as this may not be the case in other exams they
have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go
through the answers
GrammarReview of present tenses
1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty
of time to match the extracts then check the answers If
yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that
3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit
or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs
Answers
1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e
2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If
there is time you may want to ask the class why they think
each mistake has been made
Answers
1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting
5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing
3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1
If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is
a stative verb
Answers
1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)
2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)
3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)
4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)
5 belongs (stative verb)
6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)
8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)
Present simple in time clauses
4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these
clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts
we are using the present simple with future meaning as in
1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some
more examples with a variety of time expressions such as
before after or until
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219
10 Unit 1 Yourself and others
5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer
any questions about this Then give students about 20
minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in
exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in
the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and
elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time
also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to
missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)
Exam task answers
1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B
Underlining
A
(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen
(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and
enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning
and afternoon
(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I
should
B
(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715
(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the
most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of
the job
(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom
used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me
C
(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he
says lsquothatrsquos when it is
(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I
wake up
D
(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I
havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime
Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
6 Give students time to study the context of each word and
work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of
the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging
refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le
Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing
adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further
examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring
Answers
1 -ed 2 -ing
7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word
Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this
unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal
e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done
individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the
questions using the words given Check answers to the
sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some
answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each
adjective
Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2
level by English Pro1047297le
Answers
yes present simple
5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go
through the answers
Answers
1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start
5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get
6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to
write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit
some answers for each question
Suggested answers
1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money
4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework
Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time
for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos
The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text
but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra
reason for reading later on
2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions
the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text
layout Then check the answers
Answers
1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives
4 which person does or thinks particular things
5 ten 6 yes
3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the
answers to the two questions Then check the answers
Answers
1 B Assistant Sales Manager
2 A University student
3 C Website Designer
4 D Tour Guide
earliest B latest C
4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words
or sentences in the text which appear to give the right
answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises
awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers
once students have had enough time to study the three
highlighted parts
Answers
B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot
have eaten breakfast
A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he
never has breakfast
D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she
sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319
Unit 1 Yourself and others 11
Answers
1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated
6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling
8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as
many -ing -ed adjectives as they can
SpeakingPart 1
Optional activity
Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You
could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd
the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot
already know them
1 How many examiners are there
2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there
4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1
Answers
1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be
three 4 no
1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions
about future plans and ambitions and that these will be
practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that
candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while
the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose
from
Answers
1 your town
2 what you like about your town
3 your family
4 your favourite season and why
5 what you like doing on holiday
6 what you use the Internet for
(all questions are about you)
You would use the present simple to reply although in some
cases you may also need to use the present continuous for
example to say a relative is studying abroad
2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this
activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both
incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on
this then elicit the answers
Suggested answers
1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what
ways but he could have done this without being prompted
2 The verb form should be I stay
3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after
the examiner asks why without being prompted
4 The verb form should be I go
5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please
6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could
say something like because therersquos too much in them about
politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to
3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency
adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go
before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question
then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer
the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes
Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading
and Use of English and other parts of the exam
Answers
1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)
2 hardly ever
3 from time to time now and then
4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot
know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker
Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary
5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments
about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own
performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any
particular dif1047297culties
Character adjectives
6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo
or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their
personality Give students a couple of minutes each to
answer
7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English
Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have
any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right
answers They then compare their impressions of each other
using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful
not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always
bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they
do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit
answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use
modals such as could might and may to speculate about the
character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers
and point out that the language used in this activity is useful
practice for Writing later in this unit
Answers
1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical
6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive
10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised
Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives
1 Get students to note down the words and then underline
them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make
sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to
elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out
that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419
12 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Answers
reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised
thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive
ambitious unpredictable bossy
2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we
drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage
the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling
Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg
unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers
possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more
adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also
their opposites
Answers
(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky
competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish
greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic
Optional activity
Encourage discussion about whether some of these
adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics
pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious
the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class
making sure that all the words are understood
Suggested answers
lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite
reliable sympathetic
lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful
unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish
greedy dishonest impolite unpopular
lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive
emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or
negative in certain circumstances
Part 3
3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit
though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit
answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask
what students think the most common mistakes are by
speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)
Answers
1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable
6 stressful
4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and
suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the
base words although they will have to be careful which
form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may
be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level
version of Word Formation although of course in the exam
it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives
requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers
once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling
Answers
1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic
5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic
5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals
are laid out Then go through the answers
Answers
1 eight
2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the
same line
3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)
6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and
advise students to do this every time they do a Word
Formation task Explain that some answers may require
an understanding of more than one sentence or the
text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any
comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text
but not the detail
Answers
The purpose of the text is to show how different people from
the same family can be
paragraph 1 to introduce the topic
paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters
paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter
paragraph 4 to describe the son
7 Explain that students should look at the example and its
context every time they begin a Word Formation task as
this will give them an introduction to the text and also
remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class
Answers
1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)
3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e
Point out that students have already seen some form or
other of all the target words in this exam task You may
also want to give some clues or further tips before they
begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms
Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their
own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to
make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters
Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay
particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8
Exam task answers
1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional
5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519
Unit 1 Yourself and others 13
WritingPart 2 informal letter
1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit
the answers
Answers
1 an English friend Alex
2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your
best friend is what you like about him or her
3 informal
a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and
d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you
2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and
answer the questions Elicit the answers
Answers
1 yes
2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes
4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and
comments on this
Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write
back soon and give her more information
5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph
who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a
description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main
paragraph
6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road
mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted
forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly
expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon
7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic
8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always
cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc
3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to
the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best
done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo
answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work
and make suggestions where necessary especially for
question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers
4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief
notes
5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their
answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they
have already studied the task and planned their work Tell
students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of
each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to
these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2
tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity
although of course this will not be possible in the exam
itself
Model answer
Hi Alex
Itrsquos always great to hear from you
Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it
My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together
really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best
mate ever since
Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same
age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both
crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming
Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a
little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on
to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos
a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Enrique
Revision
1 Answers
1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working
2 usually eat rsquoreare having
3 rsquomam waiting seems
4 is changing are getting
5 is rsquosis always complaining
6 own donrsquot live
7 gets rsquomam thinking
2 Answers
1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic
6 cautious 7 pessimistic
3 Answers
1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable
4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive
4 Answers
1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying
5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish
9 puzzling 10 exhausted
Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619
Part 7
Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions
1 Whatrsquos the text about
2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there
Now do the exam task
Exam task
You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
earns less money than theirfriend
1
says the two of them did not likeeach other at first
2
denies that their friend is bossy 3
has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos
4
once fell out with their friend 5
shares a hobby with their friend 6
says their friend has a goodsense of humour
7
describes their friend as rather
shy
8
has a friend who is veryoptimistic
9
has a very ambitious friend 10
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen
lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in
the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually
know each other until we both took up horse riding something we
still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between
them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always
expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite
Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though
of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing
can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo
B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing
summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another
part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and
chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in
town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can
travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I
could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that
hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer
to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-
walking and readingrsquo
C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family
environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the
same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet
perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be
withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to
tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to
make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt
a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was
in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was
annoyedrsquo
D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three
years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand
to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I
realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly
when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you
get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always
has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I
often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she
lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to
the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo
4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Yourself and others1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719
5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
Grammar
Present tenses
1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous
1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my
favourite sport
2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll
arrive at 930
3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours
at work
5 When you will receive my letter please tell
Mary about this
6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he
never calls me
7 Nowadays it becomes more and more
important to have a good education
8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I
get home
9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job
10 They are the kind of people who are driving
to work every day in big cars
2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once
end get hear own rise see take try
1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road
bridge is closed
2 It harder to find a job and youth
unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term
Irsquom going away on holiday
4 Her parents are very rich They
homes in both London and New York
5 I Marcos later this evening
when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I
to sleep
7 In every part of the world the sun
in the east
8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I
the alarm clock
LISTENINGPart 1
Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many speakers will you hear
2 Will they be female or male voices
3 What is the situation
4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question
02 Now listen and do the exam task
Exam task
You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom
What does she like about it
A the way it is decorated
B the furniture in it C its size and shape
2 You overhear a conversation on a bus
Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work
3 You hear a man talking on the phone
Why is he calling
A to apologise B to ask for information
C to complain
4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman
What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars
C She hires out motorcycles
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819
6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Part 3
1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the
correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case
1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk
to you
2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are
always stressy (stress) when you do that job
3 These are my recommendations for the
most attraction (attract) places in my town
4 Suddenly I heard something strange near
the door I was terrorised (terrify)
5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)
6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear
that Marta was the winner
7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people
8 Staying at your house next week will be
really enjoyful (enjoy)
9 That festival was a completely
unorganised (organise) and dull event
10 There are some interesting and
impressing (impress) museums in this city
2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions
1 What kind of word goes between the
superlative form the most and the noun
features
2 Does this word describe how someone
feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
Now do the exam task
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 SURPRISING
Staying safe online
One of the most (0) features of the
computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other
Whereas a generation ago children would go home
after a (1) day at school and watch TV
nowadays they are likely to do something much more
(2) such as chat online with their
friends
Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What
some parents find rather (4) however is
how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have
never actually met and also the amount of information
that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see
Parents are right to be (6) but with
many children spending hours a day online it is simply
(7) for adults constantly to watch over
them All they can do is advise them to be extremely
(8) about contact with strangers and to
warn them not to put personal information such as their
phone number or home address online
SURPRISE
TIRE
SOCIETY
INCREASE
WORRY
ENTHUSIASM
ANXIETY
PRACTICE
CAUTION
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919
3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives
WRITINGPart 2 informal letter
1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions
1 Who has written to you
2 Who do they want to know about
3 What examples of informal language can
you find
Exam task
Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend
Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions
1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second
paragraph to form two shorter
paragraphs
3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal
style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the
letter
a a comparative
b a verb tense c an article
d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you
use in your letter
Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me
wersquore good friends most of the time
So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot
ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her
Hope to hear from you soon
Hi Sam
Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you
Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually
a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the
same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on
really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the
same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other
most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common
For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that
hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so
enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can
also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos
always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Matteo
7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1019
8 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Unit objectivesTOPICS daily life peopleGRAMMAR review of present tenses present
simple in time clauses VOCABULARY adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
character adjectives adjectivepre1047297xes and suf1047297xes - able - al dis--ful - ic im- - ish - itive - ive -ousun- - y
READING and Part 7 studying an example itemUSE OF ENGLISH Part 3 word building gist-reading
studying the exampleWRITING Part 2 informal letter getting ideas
planning checkingLISTENING Part 1 studying an example script
SPEAKING Part 1 asking for repetition givingreasons and examples
ListeningPart 1
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow a few minutesrsquo
discussion time Then ask students for their overall
1047297ndings and whether they think they have a good balance
between workstudy and relaxation
Optional activity
Look at the exam task with the class Make sure that
students know what Part 1 consists of You could ask the
following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd the answersin the Listening guide on page 94 if they donrsquot already
know them
1 How many extracts will you hear
2 Is there any connection between the extracts
3 Do you both read and hear the introductory sentence
about each speaker and situation
4 Do you both read and hear each question
Answers
1 eight 2 no 3 yes 4 no
2 Get students to study question 1 but not the transcript in
Exercise 3 Check the answers
Answers
1 one male radio journalist reporting from the street
2 the focus is place
3 Explain to the class that multiple-choice questions in
Listening (and Reading) often contain lsquodistractorsrsquo within
the text that are designed to mislead them and that in this
task type there are always two distractors for each question
Allow time for students to talk about why C is right and A
and B are wrong then elicit the answers
Answers
C is the correct answer there isnrsquot anybody in means the
people who live there are not at home and by the look of the
place indicates that the reporter is outside the house
B is the wrong answer the reporter says away at a luxury
hotel in the city centre so he is not there
A is the wrong answer he uses the conditional would be about
someone else (the TV crews )
4 102 Encourage pairs to look at the introductory
sentence and question of each item not the options If they
1047297nd it dif1047297cult to identify the focus put the answers on
the board in jumbled order Go through the answers and
suggest that students ask themselves these questions every
time they do Listening Part 1 Make sure that everyonereads and understands the Quick steps then get students to
work alone Remind students to listen to the speakersrsquo tone
as well as to the actual words they use Play the recording
through without pausing
Answers
2 one female talking about travelling by train every day focus
feelingsattitude
3 one female making a phone call focus purpose
4 one male talking about reading books at home focus reason
5 female and male (probably) talking in a holiday resort focus
person
6 one male talking about staying healthy focus something hersquos
doing
7 one female talking about where she lives focus place typeof home
8 female and male (probably) talking about 1047297nding something
focus feelings
Recording script
You will hear people talking in eight different situations Forquestions 1ndash8 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a reporter talking on the radio
Irsquom standing here in Church Avenue with about thirty othermedia people but by the look of the place there isnrsquotanybody in Nobodyrsquos quite sure if hersquoll be back later thisafternoon ndash or whether hersquos spending the weekend awayperhaps at a luxury hotel in the city centre What does seem
clear though is that hersquos unlikely to play in Sundayrsquos bigmatch ndash otherwise these TV crews would be waiting at thegates of the clubrsquos training ground to 1047297lm him not here
2 You hear a woman talking about travelling to work every day
The traf1047297c into town is getting worse all the time so thetrain was the obvious alternative Irsquod kind of assumed Irsquodbe able to sit back and relax with a newspaper and a cupof coffee maybe chat with my fellow passengers and soon but actually most mornings itrsquos standing-room onlywith everyone squashed together the conversation usuallylimited to lsquoexcuse mersquo Somebody is always pushing andyou spend half your time trying to avoid falling over so thatby the time you arrive you feel as though yoursquove alreadydone half a dayrsquos work
Yourself and others
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119
Unit 1 Yourself and others 9
3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone
Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days
4 You hear a man talking about reading books
Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids
5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort
Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside
Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff
Man Really Is it that bad
Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do
Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening
everywhere round here
6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy
I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy
7 You hear a woman talking about her home
Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move
back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other
And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too
8 You overhear two people talking about finding something
Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now
Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day
Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it
Man No Where was it
Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours
Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that
Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it
Exam task answers
2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B
5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect
answers as this may not be the case in other exams they
have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go
through the answers
GrammarReview of present tenses
1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty
of time to match the extracts then check the answers If
yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that
3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit
or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs
Answers
1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e
2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If
there is time you may want to ask the class why they think
each mistake has been made
Answers
1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting
5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing
3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1
If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is
a stative verb
Answers
1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)
2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)
3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)
4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)
5 belongs (stative verb)
6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)
8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)
Present simple in time clauses
4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these
clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts
we are using the present simple with future meaning as in
1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some
more examples with a variety of time expressions such as
before after or until
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219
10 Unit 1 Yourself and others
5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer
any questions about this Then give students about 20
minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in
exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in
the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and
elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time
also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to
missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)
Exam task answers
1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B
Underlining
A
(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen
(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and
enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning
and afternoon
(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I
should
B
(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715
(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the
most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of
the job
(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom
used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me
C
(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he
says lsquothatrsquos when it is
(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I
wake up
D
(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I
havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime
Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
6 Give students time to study the context of each word and
work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of
the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging
refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le
Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing
adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further
examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring
Answers
1 -ed 2 -ing
7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word
Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this
unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal
e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done
individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the
questions using the words given Check answers to the
sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some
answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each
adjective
Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2
level by English Pro1047297le
Answers
yes present simple
5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go
through the answers
Answers
1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start
5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get
6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to
write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit
some answers for each question
Suggested answers
1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money
4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework
Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time
for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos
The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text
but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra
reason for reading later on
2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions
the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text
layout Then check the answers
Answers
1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives
4 which person does or thinks particular things
5 ten 6 yes
3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the
answers to the two questions Then check the answers
Answers
1 B Assistant Sales Manager
2 A University student
3 C Website Designer
4 D Tour Guide
earliest B latest C
4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words
or sentences in the text which appear to give the right
answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises
awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers
once students have had enough time to study the three
highlighted parts
Answers
B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot
have eaten breakfast
A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he
never has breakfast
D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she
sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319
Unit 1 Yourself and others 11
Answers
1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated
6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling
8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as
many -ing -ed adjectives as they can
SpeakingPart 1
Optional activity
Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You
could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd
the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot
already know them
1 How many examiners are there
2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there
4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1
Answers
1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be
three 4 no
1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions
about future plans and ambitions and that these will be
practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that
candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while
the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose
from
Answers
1 your town
2 what you like about your town
3 your family
4 your favourite season and why
5 what you like doing on holiday
6 what you use the Internet for
(all questions are about you)
You would use the present simple to reply although in some
cases you may also need to use the present continuous for
example to say a relative is studying abroad
2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this
activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both
incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on
this then elicit the answers
Suggested answers
1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what
ways but he could have done this without being prompted
2 The verb form should be I stay
3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after
the examiner asks why without being prompted
4 The verb form should be I go
5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please
6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could
say something like because therersquos too much in them about
politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to
3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency
adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go
before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question
then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer
the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes
Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading
and Use of English and other parts of the exam
Answers
1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)
2 hardly ever
3 from time to time now and then
4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot
know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker
Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary
5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments
about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own
performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any
particular dif1047297culties
Character adjectives
6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo
or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their
personality Give students a couple of minutes each to
answer
7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English
Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have
any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right
answers They then compare their impressions of each other
using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful
not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always
bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they
do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit
answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use
modals such as could might and may to speculate about the
character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers
and point out that the language used in this activity is useful
practice for Writing later in this unit
Answers
1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical
6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive
10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised
Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives
1 Get students to note down the words and then underline
them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make
sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to
elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out
that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419
12 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Answers
reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised
thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive
ambitious unpredictable bossy
2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we
drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage
the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling
Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg
unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers
possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more
adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also
their opposites
Answers
(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky
competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish
greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic
Optional activity
Encourage discussion about whether some of these
adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics
pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious
the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class
making sure that all the words are understood
Suggested answers
lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite
reliable sympathetic
lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful
unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish
greedy dishonest impolite unpopular
lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive
emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or
negative in certain circumstances
Part 3
3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit
though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit
answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask
what students think the most common mistakes are by
speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)
Answers
1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable
6 stressful
4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and
suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the
base words although they will have to be careful which
form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may
be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level
version of Word Formation although of course in the exam
it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives
requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers
once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling
Answers
1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic
5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic
5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals
are laid out Then go through the answers
Answers
1 eight
2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the
same line
3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)
6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and
advise students to do this every time they do a Word
Formation task Explain that some answers may require
an understanding of more than one sentence or the
text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any
comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text
but not the detail
Answers
The purpose of the text is to show how different people from
the same family can be
paragraph 1 to introduce the topic
paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters
paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter
paragraph 4 to describe the son
7 Explain that students should look at the example and its
context every time they begin a Word Formation task as
this will give them an introduction to the text and also
remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class
Answers
1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)
3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e
Point out that students have already seen some form or
other of all the target words in this exam task You may
also want to give some clues or further tips before they
begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms
Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their
own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to
make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters
Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay
particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8
Exam task answers
1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional
5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519
Unit 1 Yourself and others 13
WritingPart 2 informal letter
1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit
the answers
Answers
1 an English friend Alex
2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your
best friend is what you like about him or her
3 informal
a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and
d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you
2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and
answer the questions Elicit the answers
Answers
1 yes
2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes
4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and
comments on this
Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write
back soon and give her more information
5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph
who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a
description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main
paragraph
6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road
mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted
forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly
expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon
7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic
8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always
cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc
3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to
the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best
done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo
answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work
and make suggestions where necessary especially for
question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers
4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief
notes
5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their
answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they
have already studied the task and planned their work Tell
students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of
each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to
these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2
tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity
although of course this will not be possible in the exam
itself
Model answer
Hi Alex
Itrsquos always great to hear from you
Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it
My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together
really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best
mate ever since
Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same
age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both
crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming
Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a
little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on
to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos
a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Enrique
Revision
1 Answers
1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working
2 usually eat rsquoreare having
3 rsquomam waiting seems
4 is changing are getting
5 is rsquosis always complaining
6 own donrsquot live
7 gets rsquomam thinking
2 Answers
1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic
6 cautious 7 pessimistic
3 Answers
1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable
4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive
4 Answers
1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying
5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish
9 puzzling 10 exhausted
Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619
Part 7
Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions
1 Whatrsquos the text about
2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there
Now do the exam task
Exam task
You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
earns less money than theirfriend
1
says the two of them did not likeeach other at first
2
denies that their friend is bossy 3
has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos
4
once fell out with their friend 5
shares a hobby with their friend 6
says their friend has a goodsense of humour
7
describes their friend as rather
shy
8
has a friend who is veryoptimistic
9
has a very ambitious friend 10
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen
lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in
the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually
know each other until we both took up horse riding something we
still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between
them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always
expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite
Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though
of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing
can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo
B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing
summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another
part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and
chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in
town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can
travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I
could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that
hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer
to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-
walking and readingrsquo
C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family
environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the
same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet
perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be
withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to
tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to
make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt
a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was
in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was
annoyedrsquo
D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three
years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand
to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I
realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly
when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you
get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always
has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I
often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she
lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to
the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo
4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Yourself and others1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719
5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
Grammar
Present tenses
1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous
1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my
favourite sport
2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll
arrive at 930
3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours
at work
5 When you will receive my letter please tell
Mary about this
6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he
never calls me
7 Nowadays it becomes more and more
important to have a good education
8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I
get home
9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job
10 They are the kind of people who are driving
to work every day in big cars
2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once
end get hear own rise see take try
1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road
bridge is closed
2 It harder to find a job and youth
unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term
Irsquom going away on holiday
4 Her parents are very rich They
homes in both London and New York
5 I Marcos later this evening
when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I
to sleep
7 In every part of the world the sun
in the east
8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I
the alarm clock
LISTENINGPart 1
Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many speakers will you hear
2 Will they be female or male voices
3 What is the situation
4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question
02 Now listen and do the exam task
Exam task
You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom
What does she like about it
A the way it is decorated
B the furniture in it C its size and shape
2 You overhear a conversation on a bus
Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work
3 You hear a man talking on the phone
Why is he calling
A to apologise B to ask for information
C to complain
4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman
What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars
C She hires out motorcycles
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819
6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Part 3
1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the
correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case
1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk
to you
2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are
always stressy (stress) when you do that job
3 These are my recommendations for the
most attraction (attract) places in my town
4 Suddenly I heard something strange near
the door I was terrorised (terrify)
5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)
6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear
that Marta was the winner
7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people
8 Staying at your house next week will be
really enjoyful (enjoy)
9 That festival was a completely
unorganised (organise) and dull event
10 There are some interesting and
impressing (impress) museums in this city
2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions
1 What kind of word goes between the
superlative form the most and the noun
features
2 Does this word describe how someone
feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
Now do the exam task
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 SURPRISING
Staying safe online
One of the most (0) features of the
computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other
Whereas a generation ago children would go home
after a (1) day at school and watch TV
nowadays they are likely to do something much more
(2) such as chat online with their
friends
Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What
some parents find rather (4) however is
how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have
never actually met and also the amount of information
that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see
Parents are right to be (6) but with
many children spending hours a day online it is simply
(7) for adults constantly to watch over
them All they can do is advise them to be extremely
(8) about contact with strangers and to
warn them not to put personal information such as their
phone number or home address online
SURPRISE
TIRE
SOCIETY
INCREASE
WORRY
ENTHUSIASM
ANXIETY
PRACTICE
CAUTION
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919
3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives
WRITINGPart 2 informal letter
1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions
1 Who has written to you
2 Who do they want to know about
3 What examples of informal language can
you find
Exam task
Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend
Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions
1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second
paragraph to form two shorter
paragraphs
3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal
style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the
letter
a a comparative
b a verb tense c an article
d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you
use in your letter
Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me
wersquore good friends most of the time
So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot
ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her
Hope to hear from you soon
Hi Sam
Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you
Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually
a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the
same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on
really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the
same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other
most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common
For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that
hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so
enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can
also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos
always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Matteo
7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1119
Unit 1 Yourself and others 9
3 You overhear a woman talking on the phone
Well Irsquom very sorry but Irsquom just not prepared to pay for itemsI didnrsquot receive As you say I ordered the DVDs a fortnightago and when I did so I gave your sales department all thedetails they needed to deliver them to the right address anditrsquos not my fault if they sent them somewhere else The onlymistake I made was in dealing with your company in the 1047297rstplace Next time I want things like that Irsquoll buy them onlineinstead Like most people do these days
4 You hear a man talking about reading books
Irsquom an editor in a publishing company and this month Irsquomworking particularly hard on a rather long novel so it mayseem a little surprising that my favourite way of relaxing inthe evenings is to sit down somewhere quiet with a goodbook Whenever I can I go into the study and settle down toread for as long as possible I just wish I could do so moreoften as Irsquom the kind of person who needs to get away fromother people for a while but these days Irsquom usually just toobusy helping out with the housework and the kids
5 You overhear a conversation in a holiday resort
Man The weatherrsquos been awful this summer hasnrsquot it Irsquomnot surprised people are looking so miserable Thosewho havenrsquot already gone home that is Non-stoprain spoils everything at the seaside
Woman I know If I were a tourist I wouldrsquove left too Theplace is half-empty and Irsquove already had to reduce thenumber of staff
Man Really Is it that bad
Woman Yes with so few customers I just couldnrsquot afford tokeep paying their wages I hated having to let themgo especially as I used to be a waitress myself Butwhat else could I do
Man You had no choice The same thingrsquos happening
everywhere round here
6 You hear a man talking about staying healthy
I was getting a bit worried about my unhealthy lifestyle soI started spending a few hours each week at the local gymbut it was pretty boring and I havenrsquot been for a while Thensomeone suggested I should try going to the of1047297ce on footrather than taking the car and I took her advice I live a longway out in the suburbs and in fact I go right past the gymevery day but itrsquos really helping me get in shape And thefunny thing is that with all this exercise I get more hungryand Irsquom actually having bigger meals now but Irsquom told itdoesnrsquot matter because Irsquom using up a lot more energy
7 You hear a woman talking about her home
Irsquom staying at a friendrsquos apartment downtown but Irsquoll move
back into my place when they 1047297nish repainting it probablyon Friday Itrsquos pleasant enough here though I miss mygarden with its beautiful bushes and trees Itrsquos almost likebeing in the countryside there even though itrsquos actually onthe outskirts of town Itrsquos right on top of a hill so from myupstairs window you can see the city-centre of1047297ce buildingsin one direction and a rural area not far away in the other
And a south-facing room gets lots of sunshine too
8 You overhear two people talking about finding something
Woman Yes itrsquos just as well that memory stick turned upwhen it did If itrsquod been missing any longer Irsquod begetting a bit worried by now
Man I knew it must be somewhere in the living room If youremember I suggested looking there the other day
Woman Actually that wasnrsquot where I found it
Man No Where was it
Woman It was in the spare room plugged into that old laptopof yours
Man Was it Oh I remember now I was using it last yearto copy some 1047297les Sorry about that
Woman It doesnrsquot matter now Forget it
Exam task answers
2 A 3 B 4 B 5 C 6 C 7 B 8 B
5 Point out that candidates do not lose marks for incorrect
answers as this may not be the case in other exams they
have taken Allow 30 seconds for them to check then go
through the answers
GrammarReview of present tenses
1 This activity could be done in pairs Give the class plenty
of time to match the extracts then check the answers If
yoursquore teaching in the southern hemisphere explain that
3 f seemed always true for the European who said it Elicit
or give more examples of each usage and of stative verbs
Answers
1 c 2 b 3 f 4 a 5 g 6 d 7 e
2 Go through the answers when everyone has 1047297nished If
there is time you may want to ask the class why they think
each mistake has been made
Answers
1 you understand 2 having fun 3 you like 4 rsquomam waiting
5 I prefer 6 have 7 rsquomam standing
3 This exercise practises all the uses presented in Exercise 1
If there is time elicit these from the class and ask which is
a stative verb
Answers
1 rsquosis writing (something happening right now)
2 are rising (a situation that is changing or developing)
3 quite often goes (a routine or habit)
4 are always shouting (something irritating or surprising)
5 belongs (stative verb)
6 rsquomam staying (a temporary situation)7 sets (something which is always true)
8 rsquosis having (something happening right now)
Present simple in time clauses
4 The studentsrsquo 1047297rst language may use a future form in these
clauses so itrsquos important they realise that in these extracts
we are using the present simple with future meaning as in
1047297rst conditional forms Elicit the answers and then some
more examples with a variety of time expressions such as
before after or until
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219
10 Unit 1 Yourself and others
5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer
any questions about this Then give students about 20
minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in
exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in
the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and
elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time
also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to
missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)
Exam task answers
1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B
Underlining
A
(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen
(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and
enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning
and afternoon
(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I
should
B
(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715
(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the
most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of
the job
(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom
used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me
C
(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he
says lsquothatrsquos when it is
(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I
wake up
D
(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I
havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime
Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
6 Give students time to study the context of each word and
work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of
the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging
refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le
Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing
adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further
examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring
Answers
1 -ed 2 -ing
7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word
Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this
unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal
e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done
individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the
questions using the words given Check answers to the
sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some
answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each
adjective
Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2
level by English Pro1047297le
Answers
yes present simple
5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go
through the answers
Answers
1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start
5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get
6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to
write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit
some answers for each question
Suggested answers
1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money
4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework
Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time
for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos
The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text
but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra
reason for reading later on
2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions
the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text
layout Then check the answers
Answers
1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives
4 which person does or thinks particular things
5 ten 6 yes
3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the
answers to the two questions Then check the answers
Answers
1 B Assistant Sales Manager
2 A University student
3 C Website Designer
4 D Tour Guide
earliest B latest C
4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words
or sentences in the text which appear to give the right
answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises
awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers
once students have had enough time to study the three
highlighted parts
Answers
B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot
have eaten breakfast
A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he
never has breakfast
D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she
sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319
Unit 1 Yourself and others 11
Answers
1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated
6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling
8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as
many -ing -ed adjectives as they can
SpeakingPart 1
Optional activity
Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You
could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd
the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot
already know them
1 How many examiners are there
2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there
4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1
Answers
1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be
three 4 no
1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions
about future plans and ambitions and that these will be
practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that
candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while
the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose
from
Answers
1 your town
2 what you like about your town
3 your family
4 your favourite season and why
5 what you like doing on holiday
6 what you use the Internet for
(all questions are about you)
You would use the present simple to reply although in some
cases you may also need to use the present continuous for
example to say a relative is studying abroad
2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this
activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both
incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on
this then elicit the answers
Suggested answers
1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what
ways but he could have done this without being prompted
2 The verb form should be I stay
3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after
the examiner asks why without being prompted
4 The verb form should be I go
5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please
6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could
say something like because therersquos too much in them about
politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to
3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency
adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go
before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question
then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer
the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes
Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading
and Use of English and other parts of the exam
Answers
1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)
2 hardly ever
3 from time to time now and then
4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot
know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker
Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary
5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments
about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own
performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any
particular dif1047297culties
Character adjectives
6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo
or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their
personality Give students a couple of minutes each to
answer
7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English
Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have
any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right
answers They then compare their impressions of each other
using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful
not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always
bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they
do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit
answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use
modals such as could might and may to speculate about the
character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers
and point out that the language used in this activity is useful
practice for Writing later in this unit
Answers
1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical
6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive
10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised
Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives
1 Get students to note down the words and then underline
them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make
sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to
elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out
that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419
12 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Answers
reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised
thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive
ambitious unpredictable bossy
2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we
drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage
the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling
Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg
unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers
possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more
adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also
their opposites
Answers
(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky
competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish
greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic
Optional activity
Encourage discussion about whether some of these
adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics
pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious
the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class
making sure that all the words are understood
Suggested answers
lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite
reliable sympathetic
lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful
unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish
greedy dishonest impolite unpopular
lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive
emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or
negative in certain circumstances
Part 3
3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit
though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit
answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask
what students think the most common mistakes are by
speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)
Answers
1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable
6 stressful
4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and
suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the
base words although they will have to be careful which
form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may
be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level
version of Word Formation although of course in the exam
it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives
requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers
once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling
Answers
1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic
5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic
5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals
are laid out Then go through the answers
Answers
1 eight
2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the
same line
3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)
6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and
advise students to do this every time they do a Word
Formation task Explain that some answers may require
an understanding of more than one sentence or the
text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any
comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text
but not the detail
Answers
The purpose of the text is to show how different people from
the same family can be
paragraph 1 to introduce the topic
paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters
paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter
paragraph 4 to describe the son
7 Explain that students should look at the example and its
context every time they begin a Word Formation task as
this will give them an introduction to the text and also
remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class
Answers
1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)
3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e
Point out that students have already seen some form or
other of all the target words in this exam task You may
also want to give some clues or further tips before they
begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms
Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their
own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to
make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters
Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay
particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8
Exam task answers
1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional
5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519
Unit 1 Yourself and others 13
WritingPart 2 informal letter
1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit
the answers
Answers
1 an English friend Alex
2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your
best friend is what you like about him or her
3 informal
a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and
d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you
2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and
answer the questions Elicit the answers
Answers
1 yes
2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes
4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and
comments on this
Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write
back soon and give her more information
5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph
who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a
description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main
paragraph
6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road
mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted
forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly
expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon
7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic
8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always
cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc
3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to
the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best
done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo
answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work
and make suggestions where necessary especially for
question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers
4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief
notes
5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their
answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they
have already studied the task and planned their work Tell
students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of
each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to
these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2
tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity
although of course this will not be possible in the exam
itself
Model answer
Hi Alex
Itrsquos always great to hear from you
Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it
My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together
really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best
mate ever since
Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same
age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both
crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming
Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a
little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on
to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos
a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Enrique
Revision
1 Answers
1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working
2 usually eat rsquoreare having
3 rsquomam waiting seems
4 is changing are getting
5 is rsquosis always complaining
6 own donrsquot live
7 gets rsquomam thinking
2 Answers
1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic
6 cautious 7 pessimistic
3 Answers
1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable
4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive
4 Answers
1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying
5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish
9 puzzling 10 exhausted
Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619
Part 7
Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions
1 Whatrsquos the text about
2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there
Now do the exam task
Exam task
You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
earns less money than theirfriend
1
says the two of them did not likeeach other at first
2
denies that their friend is bossy 3
has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos
4
once fell out with their friend 5
shares a hobby with their friend 6
says their friend has a goodsense of humour
7
describes their friend as rather
shy
8
has a friend who is veryoptimistic
9
has a very ambitious friend 10
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen
lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in
the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually
know each other until we both took up horse riding something we
still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between
them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always
expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite
Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though
of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing
can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo
B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing
summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another
part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and
chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in
town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can
travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I
could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that
hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer
to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-
walking and readingrsquo
C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family
environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the
same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet
perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be
withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to
tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to
make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt
a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was
in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was
annoyedrsquo
D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three
years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand
to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I
realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly
when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you
get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always
has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I
often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she
lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to
the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo
4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Yourself and others1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719
5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
Grammar
Present tenses
1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous
1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my
favourite sport
2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll
arrive at 930
3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours
at work
5 When you will receive my letter please tell
Mary about this
6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he
never calls me
7 Nowadays it becomes more and more
important to have a good education
8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I
get home
9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job
10 They are the kind of people who are driving
to work every day in big cars
2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once
end get hear own rise see take try
1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road
bridge is closed
2 It harder to find a job and youth
unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term
Irsquom going away on holiday
4 Her parents are very rich They
homes in both London and New York
5 I Marcos later this evening
when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I
to sleep
7 In every part of the world the sun
in the east
8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I
the alarm clock
LISTENINGPart 1
Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many speakers will you hear
2 Will they be female or male voices
3 What is the situation
4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question
02 Now listen and do the exam task
Exam task
You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom
What does she like about it
A the way it is decorated
B the furniture in it C its size and shape
2 You overhear a conversation on a bus
Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work
3 You hear a man talking on the phone
Why is he calling
A to apologise B to ask for information
C to complain
4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman
What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars
C She hires out motorcycles
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819
6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Part 3
1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the
correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case
1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk
to you
2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are
always stressy (stress) when you do that job
3 These are my recommendations for the
most attraction (attract) places in my town
4 Suddenly I heard something strange near
the door I was terrorised (terrify)
5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)
6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear
that Marta was the winner
7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people
8 Staying at your house next week will be
really enjoyful (enjoy)
9 That festival was a completely
unorganised (organise) and dull event
10 There are some interesting and
impressing (impress) museums in this city
2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions
1 What kind of word goes between the
superlative form the most and the noun
features
2 Does this word describe how someone
feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
Now do the exam task
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 SURPRISING
Staying safe online
One of the most (0) features of the
computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other
Whereas a generation ago children would go home
after a (1) day at school and watch TV
nowadays they are likely to do something much more
(2) such as chat online with their
friends
Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What
some parents find rather (4) however is
how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have
never actually met and also the amount of information
that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see
Parents are right to be (6) but with
many children spending hours a day online it is simply
(7) for adults constantly to watch over
them All they can do is advise them to be extremely
(8) about contact with strangers and to
warn them not to put personal information such as their
phone number or home address online
SURPRISE
TIRE
SOCIETY
INCREASE
WORRY
ENTHUSIASM
ANXIETY
PRACTICE
CAUTION
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919
3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives
WRITINGPart 2 informal letter
1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions
1 Who has written to you
2 Who do they want to know about
3 What examples of informal language can
you find
Exam task
Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend
Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions
1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second
paragraph to form two shorter
paragraphs
3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal
style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the
letter
a a comparative
b a verb tense c an article
d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you
use in your letter
Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me
wersquore good friends most of the time
So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot
ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her
Hope to hear from you soon
Hi Sam
Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you
Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually
a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the
same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on
really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the
same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other
most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common
For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that
hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so
enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can
also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos
always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Matteo
7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1219
10 Unit 1 Yourself and others
5 Make sure that everyone studies the Exam tip and answer
any questions about this Then give students about 20
minutes to do the multiple-matching task on their own in
exam conditions If you donrsquot want them to underline in
the book tell them to note down the 1047297rst few words of eachrelevant phrase or sentence Go through the answers and
elicit the relevant phrases and sentences If there is time
also elicit some of the distractors eg Arsquos reference to
missing the train relates to the past not the present (7)
Exam task answers
1 C 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 A 6 D 7 A 8 B 9 D 10 B
Underlining
A
(5) lsquoAssuming I donrsquot oversleep which can happen
(7) I do the uphill walk into town which wakes me up and
enables me to plan what Irsquom going to do in the morning
and afternoon
(2) I sometimes head for the gym but not as often as I
should
B
(4) a dash to the station to catch the 715
(10) dealing with client queries which for me is one of the
most interesting challenging and worthwhile aspects of
the job
(8) At 1047297rst I found working here pretty stressful but Irsquom
used to it now and it doesnrsquot bother me
C
(3) the previous evening lsquoIf I have a creative peakrsquo he
says lsquothatrsquos when it is
(1) having a 20-minute lie-down after lunch Then when I
wake up
D
(9) Itrsquos the custom here to have a sleep after lunch but I
havenrsquot got time for that In any case Irsquom not tired then (6) can be a bit irritating if I end up doing unpaid overtime
Adjectives ending in -ed and - ing
6 Give students time to study the context of each word and
work out the rules If necessary explain the meaning of
the B2-level words (exhausted fascinating challenging
refreshed distracted irritating) as listed by English Pro1047297le
Check the answers and elicit the corresponding -ed-ing
adjective for each of the eight words then elicit further
examples such as amazedamazing and boredboring
Answers
1 -ed 2 -ing
7 Point out that this exercise is partly a preparation for Word
Formation in Reading and Use of English later in this
unit and that spelling is important eg dropping the 1047297nal
e in some cases Both parts of the exercise could be done
individually or in pairs Encourage brief answers to the
questions using the words given Check answers to the
sentence-completion part of the exercise and elicit some
answers to the questions Also elicit the other form of each
adjective
Note one of the forms of all eight adjectives is listed as B2
level by English Pro1047297le
Answers
yes present simple
5 Give students a little time to study the sentences then go
through the answers
Answers
1 rsquoll get go 2 Irsquoll wait come 3 ends rsquoll catch 4 wonrsquot start
5 arrive rsquoll be 6 rsquoll talk get
6 Allow a minute or two for students working on their own to
write their answers then get them to work in pairs Elicit
some answers for each question
Suggested answers
1 I get home 2 I go on holiday 3 I have enough money
4 Irsquom thirty 5 I pass Pro1047297ciency 6 I 1047297nish my homework
Reading and Use of EnglishReading Part 7
1 This activity could be done in pairs Allow plenty of time
for discussion of the daily lives of the people in the photos
The four people talk about their lives in the Reading text
but donrsquot mention this yet ndash it will give students an extra
reason for reading later on
2 Give the class a minute or two to look at the instructions
the prompt Which person the question numbers and the text
layout Then check the answers
Answers
1 four 2 one text in four sections 3 four peoplersquos daily lives
4 which person does or thinks particular things
5 ten 6 yes
3 Give students two or three minutes to skim the text for the
answers to the two questions Then check the answers
Answers
1 B Assistant Sales Manager
2 A University student
3 C Website Designer
4 D Tour Guide
earliest B latest C
4 Explain that in many cases there are lsquodistractorsrsquo ndash words
or sentences in the text which appear to give the right
answer if they are not read carefully This activity raises
awareness of how distractors work Go through the answers
once students have had enough time to study the three
highlighted parts
Answers
B Correct ndash if lunch is the 1047297rst meal of the day for her she canrsquot
have eaten breakfast
A If therersquos time he has tea and toast so itrsquos not true to say he
never has breakfast
D Usually she skips (misses) breakfast but not always ndash she
sometimes has lsquocereal or somethingrsquo
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319
Unit 1 Yourself and others 11
Answers
1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated
6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling
8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as
many -ing -ed adjectives as they can
SpeakingPart 1
Optional activity
Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You
could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd
the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot
already know them
1 How many examiners are there
2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there
4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1
Answers
1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be
three 4 no
1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions
about future plans and ambitions and that these will be
practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that
candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while
the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose
from
Answers
1 your town
2 what you like about your town
3 your family
4 your favourite season and why
5 what you like doing on holiday
6 what you use the Internet for
(all questions are about you)
You would use the present simple to reply although in some
cases you may also need to use the present continuous for
example to say a relative is studying abroad
2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this
activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both
incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on
this then elicit the answers
Suggested answers
1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what
ways but he could have done this without being prompted
2 The verb form should be I stay
3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after
the examiner asks why without being prompted
4 The verb form should be I go
5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please
6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could
say something like because therersquos too much in them about
politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to
3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency
adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go
before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question
then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer
the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes
Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading
and Use of English and other parts of the exam
Answers
1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)
2 hardly ever
3 from time to time now and then
4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot
know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker
Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary
5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments
about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own
performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any
particular dif1047297culties
Character adjectives
6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo
or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their
personality Give students a couple of minutes each to
answer
7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English
Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have
any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right
answers They then compare their impressions of each other
using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful
not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always
bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they
do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit
answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use
modals such as could might and may to speculate about the
character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers
and point out that the language used in this activity is useful
practice for Writing later in this unit
Answers
1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical
6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive
10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised
Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives
1 Get students to note down the words and then underline
them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make
sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to
elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out
that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419
12 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Answers
reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised
thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive
ambitious unpredictable bossy
2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we
drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage
the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling
Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg
unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers
possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more
adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also
their opposites
Answers
(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky
competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish
greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic
Optional activity
Encourage discussion about whether some of these
adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics
pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious
the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class
making sure that all the words are understood
Suggested answers
lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite
reliable sympathetic
lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful
unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish
greedy dishonest impolite unpopular
lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive
emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or
negative in certain circumstances
Part 3
3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit
though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit
answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask
what students think the most common mistakes are by
speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)
Answers
1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable
6 stressful
4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and
suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the
base words although they will have to be careful which
form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may
be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level
version of Word Formation although of course in the exam
it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives
requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers
once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling
Answers
1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic
5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic
5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals
are laid out Then go through the answers
Answers
1 eight
2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the
same line
3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)
6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and
advise students to do this every time they do a Word
Formation task Explain that some answers may require
an understanding of more than one sentence or the
text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any
comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text
but not the detail
Answers
The purpose of the text is to show how different people from
the same family can be
paragraph 1 to introduce the topic
paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters
paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter
paragraph 4 to describe the son
7 Explain that students should look at the example and its
context every time they begin a Word Formation task as
this will give them an introduction to the text and also
remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class
Answers
1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)
3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e
Point out that students have already seen some form or
other of all the target words in this exam task You may
also want to give some clues or further tips before they
begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms
Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their
own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to
make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters
Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay
particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8
Exam task answers
1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional
5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519
Unit 1 Yourself and others 13
WritingPart 2 informal letter
1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit
the answers
Answers
1 an English friend Alex
2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your
best friend is what you like about him or her
3 informal
a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and
d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you
2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and
answer the questions Elicit the answers
Answers
1 yes
2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes
4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and
comments on this
Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write
back soon and give her more information
5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph
who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a
description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main
paragraph
6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road
mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted
forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly
expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon
7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic
8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always
cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc
3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to
the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best
done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo
answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work
and make suggestions where necessary especially for
question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers
4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief
notes
5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their
answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they
have already studied the task and planned their work Tell
students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of
each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to
these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2
tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity
although of course this will not be possible in the exam
itself
Model answer
Hi Alex
Itrsquos always great to hear from you
Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it
My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together
really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best
mate ever since
Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same
age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both
crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming
Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a
little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on
to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos
a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Enrique
Revision
1 Answers
1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working
2 usually eat rsquoreare having
3 rsquomam waiting seems
4 is changing are getting
5 is rsquosis always complaining
6 own donrsquot live
7 gets rsquomam thinking
2 Answers
1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic
6 cautious 7 pessimistic
3 Answers
1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable
4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive
4 Answers
1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying
5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish
9 puzzling 10 exhausted
Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619
Part 7
Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions
1 Whatrsquos the text about
2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there
Now do the exam task
Exam task
You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
earns less money than theirfriend
1
says the two of them did not likeeach other at first
2
denies that their friend is bossy 3
has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos
4
once fell out with their friend 5
shares a hobby with their friend 6
says their friend has a goodsense of humour
7
describes their friend as rather
shy
8
has a friend who is veryoptimistic
9
has a very ambitious friend 10
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen
lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in
the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually
know each other until we both took up horse riding something we
still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between
them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always
expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite
Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though
of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing
can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo
B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing
summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another
part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and
chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in
town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can
travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I
could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that
hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer
to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-
walking and readingrsquo
C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family
environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the
same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet
perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be
withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to
tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to
make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt
a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was
in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was
annoyedrsquo
D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three
years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand
to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I
realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly
when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you
get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always
has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I
often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she
lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to
the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo
4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Yourself and others1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719
5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
Grammar
Present tenses
1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous
1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my
favourite sport
2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll
arrive at 930
3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours
at work
5 When you will receive my letter please tell
Mary about this
6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he
never calls me
7 Nowadays it becomes more and more
important to have a good education
8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I
get home
9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job
10 They are the kind of people who are driving
to work every day in big cars
2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once
end get hear own rise see take try
1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road
bridge is closed
2 It harder to find a job and youth
unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term
Irsquom going away on holiday
4 Her parents are very rich They
homes in both London and New York
5 I Marcos later this evening
when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I
to sleep
7 In every part of the world the sun
in the east
8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I
the alarm clock
LISTENINGPart 1
Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many speakers will you hear
2 Will they be female or male voices
3 What is the situation
4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question
02 Now listen and do the exam task
Exam task
You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom
What does she like about it
A the way it is decorated
B the furniture in it C its size and shape
2 You overhear a conversation on a bus
Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work
3 You hear a man talking on the phone
Why is he calling
A to apologise B to ask for information
C to complain
4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman
What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars
C She hires out motorcycles
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819
6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Part 3
1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the
correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case
1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk
to you
2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are
always stressy (stress) when you do that job
3 These are my recommendations for the
most attraction (attract) places in my town
4 Suddenly I heard something strange near
the door I was terrorised (terrify)
5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)
6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear
that Marta was the winner
7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people
8 Staying at your house next week will be
really enjoyful (enjoy)
9 That festival was a completely
unorganised (organise) and dull event
10 There are some interesting and
impressing (impress) museums in this city
2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions
1 What kind of word goes between the
superlative form the most and the noun
features
2 Does this word describe how someone
feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
Now do the exam task
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 SURPRISING
Staying safe online
One of the most (0) features of the
computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other
Whereas a generation ago children would go home
after a (1) day at school and watch TV
nowadays they are likely to do something much more
(2) such as chat online with their
friends
Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What
some parents find rather (4) however is
how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have
never actually met and also the amount of information
that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see
Parents are right to be (6) but with
many children spending hours a day online it is simply
(7) for adults constantly to watch over
them All they can do is advise them to be extremely
(8) about contact with strangers and to
warn them not to put personal information such as their
phone number or home address online
SURPRISE
TIRE
SOCIETY
INCREASE
WORRY
ENTHUSIASM
ANXIETY
PRACTICE
CAUTION
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919
3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives
WRITINGPart 2 informal letter
1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions
1 Who has written to you
2 Who do they want to know about
3 What examples of informal language can
you find
Exam task
Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend
Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions
1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second
paragraph to form two shorter
paragraphs
3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal
style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the
letter
a a comparative
b a verb tense c an article
d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you
use in your letter
Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me
wersquore good friends most of the time
So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot
ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her
Hope to hear from you soon
Hi Sam
Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you
Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually
a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the
same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on
really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the
same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other
most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common
For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that
hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so
enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can
also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos
always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Matteo
7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1319
Unit 1 Yourself and others 11
Answers
1 relaxed 2 amusing 3 worried 4 depressing 5 motivated
6 terri1047297ed 7 astonishing 8 puzzling
8 Where possible students should work with others they donrsquotknow very well using the prompts from Exercise 7 and as
many -ing -ed adjectives as they can
SpeakingPart 1
Optional activity
Make sure that students know what Part 1 consists of You
could ask the following questions Encourage students to 1047297nd
the answers in the Speaking guide on page 97 if they donrsquot
already know them
1 How many examiners are there
2 Do you answer questions from just one examiner 3 How many candidates are there
4 Do you talk to the other candidate(s) in Part 1
Answers
1 two 2 yes 3 usually two but occasionally there may be
three 4 no
1 Explain that in the exam students may be asked questions
about future plans and ambitions and that these will be
practised in Unit 5 You may also want to point out that
candidates are always asked the 1047297rst two questions here while
the others are taken from lists that examiners may choose
from
Answers
1 your town
2 what you like about your town
3 your family
4 your favourite season and why
5 what you like doing on holiday
6 what you use the Internet for
(all questions are about you)
You would use the present simple to reply although in some
cases you may also need to use the present continuous for
example to say a relative is studying abroad
2 Focus attention on the Exam tip before students start this
activity and perhaps mention that the two mistakes are both
incorrect uses of verb tenses Allow time for pairs to work on
this then elicit the answers
Suggested answers
1 One-word answer He gives examples when asked in what
ways but he could have done this without being prompted
2 The verb form should be I stay
3 She doesnrsquot give a reason She could reply as she does after
the examiner asks why without being prompted
4 The verb form should be I go
5 Not polite He could say Could you repeat that please
6 He doesnrsquot give a reason for not liking newspapers He could
say something like because therersquos too much in them about
politics or I listen to the radio news so I donrsquot need to
3 Students should be familiar with all the basic frequency
adverbs like usually and aware that these normally go
before the main verb Elicit the answer to the 1047297rst question
then tell the class to look at the six expressions and answer
the questions Go through the answers and elicit moreexamples such as twice a month and every few minutes
Point out that hardly ever is quite often tested in Reading
and Use of English and other parts of the exam
Answers
1 at the end ( hardly ever goes before the verb)
2 hardly ever
3 from time to time now and then
4 If possible get everyone to sit with somebody they donrsquot
know very well this activity can be a useful ice-breaker
Monitor pairs and feed in language where necessary
5 Tell pairs to be polite and constructive in their comments
about each otherrsquos speaking Allow a minute for thisand then elicit some comments on the studentsrsquo own
performance (not on their partnersrsquo speaking) and note any
particular dif1047297culties
Character adjectives
6 Point out that this is a light-hearted activity with no lsquorightrsquo
or lsquowrongrsquo answers ndash or lsquokeyrsquo purporting to analyse their
personality Give students a couple of minutes each to
answer
7 These adjectives are all B2 level as shown by English
Pro1047297le Encourage the use of dictionaries if students have
any dif1047297culties then check that everyone has the right
answers They then compare their impressions of each other
using some of the adjectives Advise students to be careful
not to upset their partners avoiding answers such as always
bossy even if itrsquos true Monitor pairs to make sure that they
do so and to avoid possible embarrassment donrsquot elicit
answers when everyone has 1047297nished Finally students use
modals such as could might and may to speculate about the
character of the people in the photos Elicit some answers
and point out that the language used in this activity is useful
practice for Writing later in this unit
Answers
1 thoughtful 2 optimistic 3 childish 4 bossy 5 practical
6 impatient 7 ambitious 8 sensitive 9 decisive
10 unpredictable 11 reasonable 12 disorganised
Reading and Use of EnglishForming adjectives
1 Get students to note down the words and then underline
them if you donrsquot want them to write in the book Make
sure that everyone has the right answers You may want to
elicit the base words eg ambition boss etc pointing out
that some are nouns but others are verbs and adjectives
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419
12 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Answers
reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised
thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive
ambitious unpredictable bossy
2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we
drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage
the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling
Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg
unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers
possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more
adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also
their opposites
Answers
(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky
competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish
greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic
Optional activity
Encourage discussion about whether some of these
adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics
pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious
the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class
making sure that all the words are understood
Suggested answers
lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite
reliable sympathetic
lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful
unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish
greedy dishonest impolite unpopular
lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive
emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or
negative in certain circumstances
Part 3
3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit
though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit
answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask
what students think the most common mistakes are by
speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)
Answers
1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable
6 stressful
4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and
suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the
base words although they will have to be careful which
form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may
be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level
version of Word Formation although of course in the exam
it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives
requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers
once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling
Answers
1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic
5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic
5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals
are laid out Then go through the answers
Answers
1 eight
2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the
same line
3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)
6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and
advise students to do this every time they do a Word
Formation task Explain that some answers may require
an understanding of more than one sentence or the
text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any
comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text
but not the detail
Answers
The purpose of the text is to show how different people from
the same family can be
paragraph 1 to introduce the topic
paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters
paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter
paragraph 4 to describe the son
7 Explain that students should look at the example and its
context every time they begin a Word Formation task as
this will give them an introduction to the text and also
remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class
Answers
1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)
3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e
Point out that students have already seen some form or
other of all the target words in this exam task You may
also want to give some clues or further tips before they
begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms
Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their
own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to
make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters
Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay
particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8
Exam task answers
1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional
5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519
Unit 1 Yourself and others 13
WritingPart 2 informal letter
1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit
the answers
Answers
1 an English friend Alex
2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your
best friend is what you like about him or her
3 informal
a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and
d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you
2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and
answer the questions Elicit the answers
Answers
1 yes
2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes
4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and
comments on this
Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write
back soon and give her more information
5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph
who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a
description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main
paragraph
6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road
mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted
forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly
expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon
7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic
8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always
cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc
3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to
the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best
done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo
answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work
and make suggestions where necessary especially for
question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers
4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief
notes
5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their
answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they
have already studied the task and planned their work Tell
students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of
each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to
these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2
tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity
although of course this will not be possible in the exam
itself
Model answer
Hi Alex
Itrsquos always great to hear from you
Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it
My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together
really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best
mate ever since
Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same
age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both
crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming
Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a
little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on
to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos
a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Enrique
Revision
1 Answers
1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working
2 usually eat rsquoreare having
3 rsquomam waiting seems
4 is changing are getting
5 is rsquosis always complaining
6 own donrsquot live
7 gets rsquomam thinking
2 Answers
1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic
6 cautious 7 pessimistic
3 Answers
1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable
4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive
4 Answers
1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying
5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish
9 puzzling 10 exhausted
Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619
Part 7
Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions
1 Whatrsquos the text about
2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there
Now do the exam task
Exam task
You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
earns less money than theirfriend
1
says the two of them did not likeeach other at first
2
denies that their friend is bossy 3
has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos
4
once fell out with their friend 5
shares a hobby with their friend 6
says their friend has a goodsense of humour
7
describes their friend as rather
shy
8
has a friend who is veryoptimistic
9
has a very ambitious friend 10
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen
lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in
the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually
know each other until we both took up horse riding something we
still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between
them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always
expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite
Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though
of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing
can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo
B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing
summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another
part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and
chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in
town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can
travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I
could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that
hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer
to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-
walking and readingrsquo
C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family
environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the
same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet
perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be
withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to
tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to
make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt
a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was
in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was
annoyedrsquo
D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three
years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand
to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I
realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly
when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you
get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always
has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I
often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she
lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to
the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo
4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Yourself and others1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719
5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
Grammar
Present tenses
1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous
1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my
favourite sport
2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll
arrive at 930
3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours
at work
5 When you will receive my letter please tell
Mary about this
6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he
never calls me
7 Nowadays it becomes more and more
important to have a good education
8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I
get home
9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job
10 They are the kind of people who are driving
to work every day in big cars
2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once
end get hear own rise see take try
1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road
bridge is closed
2 It harder to find a job and youth
unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term
Irsquom going away on holiday
4 Her parents are very rich They
homes in both London and New York
5 I Marcos later this evening
when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I
to sleep
7 In every part of the world the sun
in the east
8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I
the alarm clock
LISTENINGPart 1
Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many speakers will you hear
2 Will they be female or male voices
3 What is the situation
4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question
02 Now listen and do the exam task
Exam task
You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom
What does she like about it
A the way it is decorated
B the furniture in it C its size and shape
2 You overhear a conversation on a bus
Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work
3 You hear a man talking on the phone
Why is he calling
A to apologise B to ask for information
C to complain
4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman
What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars
C She hires out motorcycles
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819
6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Part 3
1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the
correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case
1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk
to you
2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are
always stressy (stress) when you do that job
3 These are my recommendations for the
most attraction (attract) places in my town
4 Suddenly I heard something strange near
the door I was terrorised (terrify)
5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)
6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear
that Marta was the winner
7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people
8 Staying at your house next week will be
really enjoyful (enjoy)
9 That festival was a completely
unorganised (organise) and dull event
10 There are some interesting and
impressing (impress) museums in this city
2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions
1 What kind of word goes between the
superlative form the most and the noun
features
2 Does this word describe how someone
feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
Now do the exam task
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 SURPRISING
Staying safe online
One of the most (0) features of the
computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other
Whereas a generation ago children would go home
after a (1) day at school and watch TV
nowadays they are likely to do something much more
(2) such as chat online with their
friends
Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What
some parents find rather (4) however is
how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have
never actually met and also the amount of information
that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see
Parents are right to be (6) but with
many children spending hours a day online it is simply
(7) for adults constantly to watch over
them All they can do is advise them to be extremely
(8) about contact with strangers and to
warn them not to put personal information such as their
phone number or home address online
SURPRISE
TIRE
SOCIETY
INCREASE
WORRY
ENTHUSIASM
ANXIETY
PRACTICE
CAUTION
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919
3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives
WRITINGPart 2 informal letter
1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions
1 Who has written to you
2 Who do they want to know about
3 What examples of informal language can
you find
Exam task
Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend
Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions
1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second
paragraph to form two shorter
paragraphs
3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal
style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the
letter
a a comparative
b a verb tense c an article
d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you
use in your letter
Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me
wersquore good friends most of the time
So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot
ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her
Hope to hear from you soon
Hi Sam
Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you
Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually
a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the
same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on
really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the
same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other
most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common
For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that
hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so
enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can
also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos
always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Matteo
7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1419
12 Unit 1 Yourself and others
Answers
reasonable ( also unpredictable) practical disorganised
thoughtful optimistic impatient childish sensitive decisive
ambitious unpredictable bossy
2 Elicit that when adding a suf1047297x beginning with a vowel we
drop the 1047297nal e eg adventure ndash adventurous Encourage
the use of dictionaries to 1047297nd antonyms and check spelling
Remind students to add both a pre1047297x and suf1047297x eg
unadventurous where possible Then elicit all the answers
possibly putting them on the board or OHP Elicit more
adjectives (not necessarily of character) with each of these
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes plus their meanings and possibly also
their opposites
Answers
(un)adventurous aggressive anxious artistic cautious cheeky
competitive (un)emotional energetic (un)enthusiastic foolish
greedy (un)helpful dishonest pessimistic impolite unpopular(un)reliable (dis)respectful (un)sympathetic
Optional activity
Encourage discussion about whether some of these
adjectives describe positive or negative characteristics
pointing out that in certain cases eg pessimistic cautious
the answers are subjective Elicit answers from the class
making sure that all the words are understood
Suggested answers
lsquogoodrsquo ndash artistic energetic enthusiastic helpful honest polite
reliable sympathetic
lsquobadrsquo ndash opposites of the above ( unenthusiastic unhelpful
unreliable unsympathetic ) plus aggressive cheeky foolish
greedy dishonest impolite unpopular
lsquogoodrsquo or lsquobadrsquo ndash adventurous anxious cautious competitive
emotional pessimistic and respectful could be positive or
negative in certain circumstances
Part 3
3 Explain that all the mistakes in these sentences involve
pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes students have studied in this unit
though in most cases with different adjectives Elicit
answers when they have 1047297nished You may want to ask
what students think the most common mistakes are by
speakers of their 1047297rst language(s)
Answers
1 charming 2 impolite 3 healthy 4 disorganised 5 sociable
6 stressful
4 Like Exercise 1 this exercise focuses on pre1047297xes and
suf1047297xes studied in this unit Students have also seen all the
base words although they will have to be careful which
form to choose as two or three pre1047297xes andor suf1047297xes may
be possible Explain that this is in effect a sentence-level
version of Word Formation although of course in the exam
it is unlikely that all the target words would be adjectives
requiring pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes Go through the answers
once students have 1047297nished highlighting spelling
Answers
1 optimistic 2 challenging 3 depressed 4 unsympathetic
5 refreshed 6 unenthusiastic
5 Tell the class to read the instructions carefully and lookvery quickly at the way the text and the words in capitals
are laid out Then go through the answers
Answers
1 eight
2 a word formed from the word in capitals at the end of the
same line
3 mainly vocabulary (especially pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes)
6 Set a time limit for this of no more than a minute and
advise students to do this every time they do a Word
Formation task Explain that some answers may require
an understanding of more than one sentence or the
text as a whole Check the answers and deal with any
comprehension dif1047297culties that relate to the gist of the text
but not the detail
Answers
The purpose of the text is to show how different people from
the same family can be
paragraph 1 to introduce the topic
paragraph 2 to describe one of the daughters
paragraph 3 to describe the other daughter
paragraph 4 to describe the son
7 Explain that students should look at the example and its
context every time they begin a Word Formation task as
this will give them an introduction to the text and also
remind them of what they must do in this task type Gothrough the answers with the class
Answers
1 an adjective 2 what causes a feeling (to friends of the family)
3 - ing 4 drop the 1047297nal e
Point out that students have already seen some form or
other of all the target words in this exam task You may
also want to give some clues or further tips before they
begin - for instance the need to watch out for plural forms
Allow ten to twelve minutes for students working on their
own to 1047297ll in or note down their answers Remind them to
make sure they have changed all the words in capital letters
Then check answers Elicit the pre1047297xes and suf1047297xes usedand highlight the use of two of these in question 4 Pay
particular attention to spelling in 1 5 6 7 and 8
Exam task answers
1 personalities 2 motivated 3 ambitious 4 unemotional
5 sensitive 6 sympathetic 7 adventurous 8 anxious
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519
Unit 1 Yourself and others 13
WritingPart 2 informal letter
1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit
the answers
Answers
1 an English friend Alex
2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your
best friend is what you like about him or her
3 informal
a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and
d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you
2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and
answer the questions Elicit the answers
Answers
1 yes
2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes
4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and
comments on this
Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write
back soon and give her more information
5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph
who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a
description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main
paragraph
6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road
mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted
forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly
expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon
7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic
8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always
cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc
3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to
the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best
done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo
answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work
and make suggestions where necessary especially for
question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers
4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief
notes
5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their
answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they
have already studied the task and planned their work Tell
students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of
each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to
these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2
tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity
although of course this will not be possible in the exam
itself
Model answer
Hi Alex
Itrsquos always great to hear from you
Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it
My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together
really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best
mate ever since
Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same
age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both
crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming
Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a
little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on
to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos
a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Enrique
Revision
1 Answers
1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working
2 usually eat rsquoreare having
3 rsquomam waiting seems
4 is changing are getting
5 is rsquosis always complaining
6 own donrsquot live
7 gets rsquomam thinking
2 Answers
1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic
6 cautious 7 pessimistic
3 Answers
1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable
4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive
4 Answers
1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying
5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish
9 puzzling 10 exhausted
Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619
Part 7
Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions
1 Whatrsquos the text about
2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there
Now do the exam task
Exam task
You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
earns less money than theirfriend
1
says the two of them did not likeeach other at first
2
denies that their friend is bossy 3
has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos
4
once fell out with their friend 5
shares a hobby with their friend 6
says their friend has a goodsense of humour
7
describes their friend as rather
shy
8
has a friend who is veryoptimistic
9
has a very ambitious friend 10
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen
lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in
the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually
know each other until we both took up horse riding something we
still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between
them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always
expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite
Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though
of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing
can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo
B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing
summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another
part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and
chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in
town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can
travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I
could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that
hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer
to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-
walking and readingrsquo
C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family
environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the
same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet
perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be
withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to
tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to
make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt
a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was
in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was
annoyedrsquo
D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three
years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand
to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I
realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly
when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you
get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always
has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I
often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she
lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to
the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo
4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Yourself and others1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719
5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
Grammar
Present tenses
1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous
1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my
favourite sport
2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll
arrive at 930
3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours
at work
5 When you will receive my letter please tell
Mary about this
6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he
never calls me
7 Nowadays it becomes more and more
important to have a good education
8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I
get home
9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job
10 They are the kind of people who are driving
to work every day in big cars
2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once
end get hear own rise see take try
1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road
bridge is closed
2 It harder to find a job and youth
unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term
Irsquom going away on holiday
4 Her parents are very rich They
homes in both London and New York
5 I Marcos later this evening
when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I
to sleep
7 In every part of the world the sun
in the east
8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I
the alarm clock
LISTENINGPart 1
Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many speakers will you hear
2 Will they be female or male voices
3 What is the situation
4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question
02 Now listen and do the exam task
Exam task
You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom
What does she like about it
A the way it is decorated
B the furniture in it C its size and shape
2 You overhear a conversation on a bus
Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work
3 You hear a man talking on the phone
Why is he calling
A to apologise B to ask for information
C to complain
4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman
What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars
C She hires out motorcycles
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819
6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Part 3
1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the
correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case
1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk
to you
2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are
always stressy (stress) when you do that job
3 These are my recommendations for the
most attraction (attract) places in my town
4 Suddenly I heard something strange near
the door I was terrorised (terrify)
5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)
6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear
that Marta was the winner
7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people
8 Staying at your house next week will be
really enjoyful (enjoy)
9 That festival was a completely
unorganised (organise) and dull event
10 There are some interesting and
impressing (impress) museums in this city
2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions
1 What kind of word goes between the
superlative form the most and the noun
features
2 Does this word describe how someone
feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
Now do the exam task
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 SURPRISING
Staying safe online
One of the most (0) features of the
computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other
Whereas a generation ago children would go home
after a (1) day at school and watch TV
nowadays they are likely to do something much more
(2) such as chat online with their
friends
Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What
some parents find rather (4) however is
how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have
never actually met and also the amount of information
that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see
Parents are right to be (6) but with
many children spending hours a day online it is simply
(7) for adults constantly to watch over
them All they can do is advise them to be extremely
(8) about contact with strangers and to
warn them not to put personal information such as their
phone number or home address online
SURPRISE
TIRE
SOCIETY
INCREASE
WORRY
ENTHUSIASM
ANXIETY
PRACTICE
CAUTION
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919
3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives
WRITINGPart 2 informal letter
1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions
1 Who has written to you
2 Who do they want to know about
3 What examples of informal language can
you find
Exam task
Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend
Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions
1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second
paragraph to form two shorter
paragraphs
3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal
style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the
letter
a a comparative
b a verb tense c an article
d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you
use in your letter
Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me
wersquore good friends most of the time
So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot
ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her
Hope to hear from you soon
Hi Sam
Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you
Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually
a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the
same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on
really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the
same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other
most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common
For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that
hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so
enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can
also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos
always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Matteo
7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1519
Unit 1 Yourself and others 13
WritingPart 2 informal letter
1 When the class has had time to look at the exam task elicit
the answers
Answers
1 an English friend Alex
2 write back saying how important friends are to you who your
best friend is what you like about him or her
3 informal
a Irsquove donrsquot Irsquod Whorsquos b kid do c So and
d exclamation mark e Looking forward to hearing from you
2 Give students a few minutes to read the model answer and
answer the questions Elicit the answers
Answers
1 yes
2 no3 Dear Alex Best wishes
4 Introduction she thanks Alex for hisher message and
comments on this
Conclusion she talks about the future and asks Alex to write
back soon and give her more information
5 Yes the importance of friends in the 1047297rst main paragraph
who her best friend is in the second main paragraph a
description of her friendrsquos personality in the third main
paragraph
6 Informal expressions such as thanks just down the road
mates a bit dash and exclamation marks contracted
forms theyrsquore whorsquos wersquove shersquos linkers and but friendly
expressions It was great to hear from you Write soon
7 indecisive practical bossy thoughtful sympathetic
8 tell each other can be at times whenever I shersquos always
cheer me up sense of humour have the chance etc
3 Refer the class to the instructions in the exam task and to
the Exam tip This is very much a personal task and best
done individually ndash point out there are no lsquorightrsquo or lsquowrongrsquo
answers to these questions either Monitor studentsrsquo work
and make suggestions where necessary especially for
question 1 but donrsquot elicit answers
4 Get students to make their plan quickly using very brief
notes
5 Give the class no more than 40 minutes to write their
answers as that is what they will have in the exam and they
have already studied the task and planned their work Tell
students always to leave at least 1047297ve minutes at the end of
each Writing task to check their work and to refer back to
these 1047297ve points in future units and other Part 1 and Part 2
tasks Checking could be done as a peer correction activity
although of course this will not be possible in the exam
itself
Model answer
Hi Alex
Itrsquos always great to hear from you
Yoursquore absolutely right about how much friendship matters Life just wouldnrsquot be the same if we didnrsquot have friends would it
My very best friend is called Luis and wersquove grown up together
really We 1047297rst met at primary school and hersquos been my best
mate ever since
Wersquore quite similar in a lot of ways For instance wersquore the same
age almost exactly the same height and weight and wersquore both
crazy about sports especially basketball and swimming
Like me he can be rather shy at times though hersquos perhaps a
little more talkative than me Hersquos also someone you can rely on
to help you if yoursquore in trouble or worried about something Hersquos
a fantastic friend and Irsquom sure yoursquod get on really well with him
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Enrique
Revision
1 Answers
1 rsquomam staying rsquomam working
2 usually eat rsquoreare having
3 rsquomam waiting seems
4 is changing are getting
5 is rsquosis always complaining
6 own donrsquot live
7 gets rsquomam thinking
2 Answers
1 greedy 2 dishonest 3 artistic 4 impolite 5 energetic
6 cautious 7 pessimistic
3 Answers
1 unpredictable 2 sympathetic 3 unreasonable
4 challenging 5 thoughtful 6 decisive
4 Answers
1 relaxing 2 reliable 3 practical 4 terrifying
5 astonished 6 aggressive 7 competitive 8 childish
9 puzzling 10 exhausted
Remind students that there is more practice on the CD-ROM
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619
Part 7
Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions
1 Whatrsquos the text about
2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there
Now do the exam task
Exam task
You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
earns less money than theirfriend
1
says the two of them did not likeeach other at first
2
denies that their friend is bossy 3
has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos
4
once fell out with their friend 5
shares a hobby with their friend 6
says their friend has a goodsense of humour
7
describes their friend as rather
shy
8
has a friend who is veryoptimistic
9
has a very ambitious friend 10
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen
lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in
the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually
know each other until we both took up horse riding something we
still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between
them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always
expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite
Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though
of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing
can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo
B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing
summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another
part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and
chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in
town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can
travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I
could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that
hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer
to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-
walking and readingrsquo
C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family
environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the
same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet
perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be
withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to
tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to
make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt
a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was
in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was
annoyedrsquo
D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three
years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand
to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I
realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly
when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you
get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always
has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I
often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she
lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to
the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo
4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Yourself and others1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719
5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
Grammar
Present tenses
1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous
1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my
favourite sport
2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll
arrive at 930
3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours
at work
5 When you will receive my letter please tell
Mary about this
6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he
never calls me
7 Nowadays it becomes more and more
important to have a good education
8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I
get home
9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job
10 They are the kind of people who are driving
to work every day in big cars
2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once
end get hear own rise see take try
1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road
bridge is closed
2 It harder to find a job and youth
unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term
Irsquom going away on holiday
4 Her parents are very rich They
homes in both London and New York
5 I Marcos later this evening
when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I
to sleep
7 In every part of the world the sun
in the east
8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I
the alarm clock
LISTENINGPart 1
Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many speakers will you hear
2 Will they be female or male voices
3 What is the situation
4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question
02 Now listen and do the exam task
Exam task
You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom
What does she like about it
A the way it is decorated
B the furniture in it C its size and shape
2 You overhear a conversation on a bus
Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work
3 You hear a man talking on the phone
Why is he calling
A to apologise B to ask for information
C to complain
4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman
What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars
C She hires out motorcycles
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819
6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Part 3
1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the
correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case
1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk
to you
2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are
always stressy (stress) when you do that job
3 These are my recommendations for the
most attraction (attract) places in my town
4 Suddenly I heard something strange near
the door I was terrorised (terrify)
5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)
6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear
that Marta was the winner
7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people
8 Staying at your house next week will be
really enjoyful (enjoy)
9 That festival was a completely
unorganised (organise) and dull event
10 There are some interesting and
impressing (impress) museums in this city
2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions
1 What kind of word goes between the
superlative form the most and the noun
features
2 Does this word describe how someone
feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
Now do the exam task
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 SURPRISING
Staying safe online
One of the most (0) features of the
computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other
Whereas a generation ago children would go home
after a (1) day at school and watch TV
nowadays they are likely to do something much more
(2) such as chat online with their
friends
Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What
some parents find rather (4) however is
how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have
never actually met and also the amount of information
that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see
Parents are right to be (6) but with
many children spending hours a day online it is simply
(7) for adults constantly to watch over
them All they can do is advise them to be extremely
(8) about contact with strangers and to
warn them not to put personal information such as their
phone number or home address online
SURPRISE
TIRE
SOCIETY
INCREASE
WORRY
ENTHUSIASM
ANXIETY
PRACTICE
CAUTION
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919
3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives
WRITINGPart 2 informal letter
1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions
1 Who has written to you
2 Who do they want to know about
3 What examples of informal language can
you find
Exam task
Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend
Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions
1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second
paragraph to form two shorter
paragraphs
3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal
style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the
letter
a a comparative
b a verb tense c an article
d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you
use in your letter
Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me
wersquore good friends most of the time
So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot
ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her
Hope to hear from you soon
Hi Sam
Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you
Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually
a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the
same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on
really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the
same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other
most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common
For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that
hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so
enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can
also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos
always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Matteo
7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1619
Part 7
Look at the exam task Answer thesequestions
1 Whatrsquos the text about
2 How many people can you choose from3 What must you find4 How many questions are there
Now do the exam task
Exam task
You are going to read an article in which fourpeople talk about their friends For questions1ndash10 choose from the people (AndashD) The peoplemay be chosen more than once
Which person
earns less money than theirfriend
1
says the two of them did not likeeach other at first
2
denies that their friend is bossy 3
has had a similar upbringing to their friendrsquos
4
once fell out with their friend 5
shares a hobby with their friend 6
says their friend has a goodsense of humour
7
describes their friend as rather
shy
8
has a friend who is veryoptimistic
9
has a very ambitious friend 10
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
The best of friendsA Nadia Hassan has been friends with Amina since they were fourteen
lsquoWe were born in the same monthrsquo says Nadia lsquoand we grew up in
the same small town though the funny thing is we didnrsquot actually
know each other until we both took up horse riding something we
still enjoyrsquo There are according to Nadia some differences between
them lsquoWhereas I tend to be a bit negative about the future always
expecting the worst to happen Amina is the complete opposite
Maybe between us we just about strike the right balance Though
of course having such different ways of looking at the same thing
can lead to tensions and a couple of years ago we actually stoppedspeaking for a while but that didnrsquot last longrsquo
B Liam Doherty first met his friend Marc when they were both doing
summer jobs at a seaside hotel Marc has since moved to another
part of the country but they still keep in touch by email and
chatting online lsquoHe comes round to my house whenever hersquos in
town which is actually quite often Hersquos got a good job and can
travel wherever he likes every weekend which is something I wish I
could afford to do on my salary But hersquos different from me in that
hersquos always had this strong desire for success in life whereas I prefer
to take things a bit easier with plenty of time for hobbies like hill-
walking and readingrsquo
C Maxim Salenko has been friendly with Andriy ever since they wereat primary school lsquoWe grew up in much the same kind of family
environment and we usually sat together at school and enjoyed the
same sports though in some ways hersquos not like me Irsquom fairly quiet
perhaps a little shy at times but Andriy is always a fun guy to be
withrsquo says Maxim lsquoHe can be noisy and some people say he tries to
tell everyone what to do but I donrsquot think thatrsquos true He just likes to
make sure everyone else has a good time too Once or twice Irsquove felt
a bit irritated by things he said but that was probably because I was
in a bad mood at the time and I donrsquot think he even noticed I was
annoyedrsquo
D Camille Leroy and her friend Lara have known each other for three
years now lsquoWersquore from different backgroundsrsquo says Camille lsquoand
to be honest when we were introduced at a party we didnrsquot hit it offat all She seemed a bit unfriendly and it took quite a while before I
realised that she was in fact lacking in self-confidence particularly
when meeting new people To some extent she still is but once you
get to know Lara you realise what good company she is She always
has interesting things to say and she tells some great jokes too I
often see her on the bus home from work because nowadays she
lives just round the corner from me She moved there to be close to
the golf course and Irsquom thinking of taking it up toorsquo
4 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Yourself and others1
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719
5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
Grammar
Present tenses
1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous
1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my
favourite sport
2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll
arrive at 930
3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours
at work
5 When you will receive my letter please tell
Mary about this
6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he
never calls me
7 Nowadays it becomes more and more
important to have a good education
8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I
get home
9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job
10 They are the kind of people who are driving
to work every day in big cars
2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once
end get hear own rise see take try
1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road
bridge is closed
2 It harder to find a job and youth
unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term
Irsquom going away on holiday
4 Her parents are very rich They
homes in both London and New York
5 I Marcos later this evening
when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I
to sleep
7 In every part of the world the sun
in the east
8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I
the alarm clock
LISTENINGPart 1
Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many speakers will you hear
2 Will they be female or male voices
3 What is the situation
4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question
02 Now listen and do the exam task
Exam task
You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom
What does she like about it
A the way it is decorated
B the furniture in it C its size and shape
2 You overhear a conversation on a bus
Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work
3 You hear a man talking on the phone
Why is he calling
A to apologise B to ask for information
C to complain
4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman
What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars
C She hires out motorcycles
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819
6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Part 3
1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the
correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case
1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk
to you
2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are
always stressy (stress) when you do that job
3 These are my recommendations for the
most attraction (attract) places in my town
4 Suddenly I heard something strange near
the door I was terrorised (terrify)
5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)
6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear
that Marta was the winner
7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people
8 Staying at your house next week will be
really enjoyful (enjoy)
9 That festival was a completely
unorganised (organise) and dull event
10 There are some interesting and
impressing (impress) museums in this city
2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions
1 What kind of word goes between the
superlative form the most and the noun
features
2 Does this word describe how someone
feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
Now do the exam task
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 SURPRISING
Staying safe online
One of the most (0) features of the
computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other
Whereas a generation ago children would go home
after a (1) day at school and watch TV
nowadays they are likely to do something much more
(2) such as chat online with their
friends
Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What
some parents find rather (4) however is
how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have
never actually met and also the amount of information
that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see
Parents are right to be (6) but with
many children spending hours a day online it is simply
(7) for adults constantly to watch over
them All they can do is advise them to be extremely
(8) about contact with strangers and to
warn them not to put personal information such as their
phone number or home address online
SURPRISE
TIRE
SOCIETY
INCREASE
WORRY
ENTHUSIASM
ANXIETY
PRACTICE
CAUTION
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919
3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives
WRITINGPart 2 informal letter
1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions
1 Who has written to you
2 Who do they want to know about
3 What examples of informal language can
you find
Exam task
Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend
Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions
1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second
paragraph to form two shorter
paragraphs
3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal
style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the
letter
a a comparative
b a verb tense c an article
d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you
use in your letter
Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me
wersquore good friends most of the time
So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot
ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her
Hope to hear from you soon
Hi Sam
Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you
Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually
a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the
same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on
really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the
same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other
most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common
For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that
hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so
enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can
also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos
always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Matteo
7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1719
5YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
Grammar
Present tenses
1 Some of these sentences written by examcandidates contain mistakes Correct anymistakes using the present simple or presentcontinuous
1 Irsquom belonging to a tennis club and it is my
favourite sport
2 Irsquoll pick you up from the airport when yoursquoll
arrive at 930
3 Irsquom having a lovely holiday here on the island4 Every day we are spending about eight hours
at work
5 When you will receive my letter please tell
Mary about this
6 Pablo is needing to talk to somebody but he
never calls me
7 Nowadays it becomes more and more
important to have a good education
8 I promise that Irsquoll phone you tonight when I
get home
9I need to earn some money and this is themain reason why I apply for this job
10 They are the kind of people who are driving
to work every day in big cars
2 Complete the sentences with the present simpleor present continuous form of these verbs Useeach verb only once
end get hear own rise see take try
1 I usually go to work by car but this week Ithe train because the road
bridge is closed
2 It harder to find a job and youth
unemployment is now very high3 As soon as the college term
Irsquom going away on holiday
4 Her parents are very rich They
homes in both London and New York
5 I Marcos later this evening
when he leaves the club6 Please turn the music down a bit I
to sleep
7 In every part of the world the sun
in the east
8 I promise Irsquoll get up as soon as I
the alarm clock
LISTENINGPart 1
Look at questions 1ndash4 in the exam task Answer these questions
1 How many speakers will you hear
2 Will they be female or male voices
3 What is the situation
4 What is the focus eg place opinion of the question
02 Now listen and do the exam task
Exam task
You will hear people talking in four different situations (in the exam youwill hear eight) For questions 1ndash4 choose the best answer (A B or C)
1 You hear a teenager talking about her new bedroom
What does she like about it
A the way it is decorated
B the furniture in it C its size and shape
2 You overhear a conversation on a bus
Where is the man going first A to a shop B to the library C to work
3 You hear a man talking on the phone
Why is he calling
A to apologise B to ask for information
C to complain
4 You hear part of an interview with a businesswoman
What does she do A She hires out bicycles B She hires out cars
C She hires out motorcycles
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819
6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Part 3
1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the
correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case
1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk
to you
2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are
always stressy (stress) when you do that job
3 These are my recommendations for the
most attraction (attract) places in my town
4 Suddenly I heard something strange near
the door I was terrorised (terrify)
5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)
6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear
that Marta was the winner
7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people
8 Staying at your house next week will be
really enjoyful (enjoy)
9 That festival was a completely
unorganised (organise) and dull event
10 There are some interesting and
impressing (impress) museums in this city
2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions
1 What kind of word goes between the
superlative form the most and the noun
features
2 Does this word describe how someone
feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
Now do the exam task
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 SURPRISING
Staying safe online
One of the most (0) features of the
computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other
Whereas a generation ago children would go home
after a (1) day at school and watch TV
nowadays they are likely to do something much more
(2) such as chat online with their
friends
Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What
some parents find rather (4) however is
how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have
never actually met and also the amount of information
that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see
Parents are right to be (6) but with
many children spending hours a day online it is simply
(7) for adults constantly to watch over
them All they can do is advise them to be extremely
(8) about contact with strangers and to
warn them not to put personal information such as their
phone number or home address online
SURPRISE
TIRE
SOCIETY
INCREASE
WORRY
ENTHUSIASM
ANXIETY
PRACTICE
CAUTION
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919
3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives
WRITINGPart 2 informal letter
1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions
1 Who has written to you
2 Who do they want to know about
3 What examples of informal language can
you find
Exam task
Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend
Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions
1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second
paragraph to form two shorter
paragraphs
3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal
style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the
letter
a a comparative
b a verb tense c an article
d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you
use in your letter
Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me
wersquore good friends most of the time
So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot
ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her
Hope to hear from you soon
Hi Sam
Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you
Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually
a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the
same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on
really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the
same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other
most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common
For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that
hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so
enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can
also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos
always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Matteo
7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1819
6 UNIT 1 YOURSELF AND OTHERS
Part 3
1 Correct the mistakes in these sentenceswritten by exam candidates using the
correct form of the word in brackets Add aprefix andor a suffix in each case
1 I am worry (worry) about you so can I talk
to you
2 The biggest disadvantage is that you are
always stressy (stress) when you do that job
3 These are my recommendations for the
most attraction (attract) places in my town
4 Suddenly I heard something strange near
the door I was terrorised (terrify)
5 Your report about the music festival isabsolutely inacceptable (accept)
6 It was really surprised (surprise) to hear
that Marta was the winner
7 The streets wouldnrsquot be so crowdy (crowd)and they would be safer for people
8 Staying at your house next week will be
really enjoyful (enjoy)
9 That festival was a completely
unorganised (organise) and dull event
10 There are some interesting and
impressing (impress) museums in this city
2 Look at the exam task example (0) andanswer these questions
1 What kind of word goes between the
superlative form the most and the noun
features
2 Does this word describe how someone
feels or what causes a feeling3 What suffix do we use for this
Now do the exam task
Exam task
For questions 1ndash8 read the text below Use the word given in capitals atthe end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the sameline There is an example at the beginning (0)
Example 0 SURPRISING
Staying safe online
One of the most (0) features of the
computer age is the huge amount of time that youngpeople spend communicating with each other
Whereas a generation ago children would go home
after a (1) day at school and watch TV
nowadays they are likely to do something much more
(2) such as chat online with their
friends
Others exchange information on (3)popular social networking sites such as Facebook What
some parents find rather (4) however is
how easily they can make online lsquofriendsrsquo who they have
never actually met and also the amount of information
that their children are so (5) puttingonto these websites for anyone to see
Parents are right to be (6) but with
many children spending hours a day online it is simply
(7) for adults constantly to watch over
them All they can do is advise them to be extremely
(8) about contact with strangers and to
warn them not to put personal information such as their
phone number or home address online
SURPRISE
TIRE
SOCIETY
INCREASE
WORRY
ENTHUSIASM
ANXIETY
PRACTICE
CAUTION
READING AND USE OF ENGLISH
copy Cambridge University Press and UCLES
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919
3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives
WRITINGPart 2 informal letter
1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions
1 Who has written to you
2 Who do they want to know about
3 What examples of informal language can
you find
Exam task
Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend
Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions
1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second
paragraph to form two shorter
paragraphs
3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal
style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the
letter
a a comparative
b a verb tense c an article
d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you
use in your letter
Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me
wersquore good friends most of the time
So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot
ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her
Hope to hear from you soon
Hi Sam
Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you
Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually
a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the
same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on
really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the
same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other
most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common
For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that
hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so
enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can
also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos
always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Matteo
7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1
8202019 Tema 1 Compact First Second Edition Sample Lesson
httpslidepdfcomreaderfulltema-1-compact-first-second-edition-sample-lesson 1919
3 Plan and write your letter to Sam Try to include some of Matteorsquosexpressions and character adjectives
WRITINGPart 2 informal letter
1 Look at the exam task and answer thesequestions
1 Who has written to you
2 Who do they want to know about
3 What examples of informal language can
you find
Exam task
Here is part of an email you have received fromSam an English-speaking friend
Write your email to Sam in 140ndash190 words Donot write any addresses
2 Read the model letter and answer thesequestions
1 Does Matteo answer Samrsquos questions2 Where would you split the second
paragraph to form two shorter
paragraphs
3 Is Matteorsquos message written in an informal
style Find examples4 Find and correct these mistakes in the
letter
a a comparative
b a verb tense c an article
d three adjective suffixes5 Which of Matteorsquos expressions could you
use in your letter
Though my sisterrsquos quite a bit younger than me
wersquore good friends most of the time
So tell me about a relative of yours who you see a lot
ndash and why you enjoy being with him or her
Hope to hear from you soon
Hi Sam
Thanks for writing Itrsquos always nice to get a message from you
Itrsquos great that you have such a close friendship with your sister My sisterrsquos actually
a lot older that me and my brotherrsquos much younger so we donrsquot of ten like doing the
same things but I have a cousin called Lorenzo whorsquos about my age and we get on
really well He lives not far from here and like me hersquos a student ndash though not at the
same college Wersquove been friends since we were k ids and wersquore seeing each other
most weekends and of course in the holidays Wersquove got lots of things in common
For instance we love the mountain biking and something I really like about him is that
hersquos so adventurous We have great fun when wersquore out together because hersquos so
enthusiastic about doing excited things but without getting too competitious He can
also be quite sensitive and thoughtful and whenever I have any kind of problem hersquos
always sympatic In short hersquos a fantastic friend
Hope to hear from you again soon
Bye for now
Matteo
7YOURSELF AND OTHERS UNIT 1